Nokia 6080 User Manual
Nokia 6080 Use r Guide 9253006 Issue 1 RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 1 Monday , Sept ember 4, 2006 9: 22 AM
DECLARATIO N OF CONFORMIT Y Hereby, NOKIA CORPORA TION declares that this RM-166 product is in compliance with the esse nt ial re quire me nts a nd oth er re lev ant p rovi sions of Dir ecti ve 19 99/ 5/EC . A copy of t he De clar atio n of C onfo rmit y ca n be fo und at htt p:/ /www.n okia .com/ ph one s/decl ar atio n_of _con for mity/ . The crossed-out wheeled bin means that within the European Union the product must be taken to separate collection at the product end-of life. This applies to your device but also to any enhancements ma rked with this symbol. Do not dispose of thes e pr oducts as unso rted muni cipal was te. For mo re i nforma t ion, s ee p rodu ct Ec o- Declaration or country specific information at www.nokia.com. Copy right é 20 06 No kia. All righ ts res erved . Reprod uct ion, t ran sfer , di stri buti on o r stora ge o f part or a ll of the c ontent s in this docum ent in a ny fo rm wi tho ut the pr ior w ritt en pe rm issio n of Nok ia i s pro hibite d. Noki a, N okia Con nec ting P eopl e, Xp ress -on, and Pop -Port are tra demarks or r egis ter ed trademarks of Nokia Co rporation. Other product and company names mentioned h erein may be trademarks or tradenames of their respecti ve owners. Nokia tune is a sound mark of Nokia Corp oration. US Pat ent No 5818 43 7 and o ther pending pat ents. T9 text i nput s oftw are Co pyrigh t (C) 1997 -200 6. Te gic C omm unic ation s, In c. All right s rese rve d. Incl udes RSA BSA FE cry pto graph ic or secur it y prot ocol s oftwar e f rom RSA Secur ity . Java is a trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. This product is li cense d under the MPEG -4 Visu al Pate nt Por tfoli o Lice nse (i) for person al and nonc omm erci al us e in co nnec tio n with i nform atio n which has been e ncod ed in co mpl iance with the MPE G-4 V isu al St andar d by a cons umer e ngage d in a p ers onal a nd n oncom mercia l acti vi ty an d ( ii) for use in co nn ec tion wi th M PE G-4 vid eo prov id ed by a li ce nse d vid eo prov ide r. No l ice nse is gra nted or sha ll b e imp lie d for any oth er u se. A dditi ona l inf ormat ion, incl udin g th at relate d to pr omo tiona l, inte rnal, an d com me rcia l uses, ma y be obt ain ed fro m MPEG LA, L LC. See <http://www .mpegla.com >. 0434 RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 2 Monday , Sept ember 4, 2006 9: 22 AM
Nokia ope rat es a po li cy of cont in uous deve lopm ent . N okia r ese rve s the rig ht to make chang es and impr oveme nts to any of t he p roduct s de scr ibed in th is doc umen t wit hou t prio r not ic e. Th is No kia de vice comp lie s with D irect ive 20 02/9 5/EC o n th e restric tio n of th e use of cer tain haz ardou s sub stanc es in elec trica l and el ectron ic equip ment. U nder n o circ umst ance s sh all N oki a be r espo nsibl e for a ny l oss o f da ta or inco me or any sp eci al, in cide nta l, c onseq u ential or indi rec t dam ag es how so eve r caus ed . Th e c ont ents of th is do cu me nt are pr ovid ed "a s is". E xce pt a s r equ ired b y a ppli cab le la w , no warra nti es of a ny k ind, e it her e xpres s or impli ed, inc ludi ng, bu t no t limi te d to, the i mplie d warr ant ies of merc hant ability and fitnes s f or a par ticu lar pu rpos e, are made i n r elati on to the accuracy, reliability or contents of this document. Nokia reserves the right to revise this documen t or with draw i t at a ny ti me wit hout pri or not ice . The av aila bil it y of part icu lar p rodu cts m ay v ary b y region . P leas e ch eck with the Noki a dea le r nearest to you. This devi ce ma y con tai n c ommodi tie s, tech no logy o r sof tw are s ubje ct to e xpor t l aws a nd re gula ti ons from th e U S an d ot he r cou nt rie s. D ive rsi on co ntr ar y to la w is pr oh ibit ed. 9253 006 /I ssu e 1 RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 3 Monday , Sept ember 4, 2006 9: 22 AM
4 Content s For your safety....... ................... 6 General information ................. 9 Overvi ew of fun ction s......................... .. 9 Access code s .......................... ................ .. 9 Configurati on settings service ........ 10 Downloa d conten t and applica tions 11 Noki a su ppor t a nd contact informat ion ........................... 11 1. Get started ......................... 12 Install t he SIM card an d batte ry .... 12 Charge the b attery............... ............... 13 Switch the phone on and off ........... 14 Antenna .................. ................ ............... 14 Wrist s trap ............................................ 15 2. Your phone ......... ................ 16 Keys and parts....... ................ ............... 16 Standb y mod e ....... ............................... 17 Keypad lock (key guard) ..................... 19 3. Call functions..... ................ 20 Make a call ........................................... 20 Answer or reject a call ....................... 20 Options during a ca ll........... ............... 21 4. Write text........... ................ 22 Settin gs ................... ................ ............... 22 Predicti ve text input .......................... 22 Traditional tex t input .......... ............... 23 5. Navigate the menus .......... 24 6. Messages ............................ 25 Text messages (S MS)........... ............... 25 Multim edia messages (MM S) .......... 27 Memory full ........................... ............... 29 Folders ..... ................................ ............... 30 Postcard s ................................ ............... 30 Flash messages .................................... 31 Nokia Xpress audi o messaging ........ 31 Instant messa ging (IM) ..................... 32 E-mail applica tion . ............................. 37 Voice messages ....... ................ ............. 39 Info mess ages ......................... ............. 39 Service co mmands ................. ............. 39 Delete me ssages ..................... ............. 39 Message set tings.... ................ ............. 40 Message counte r .... ............................. 42 7. Con tacts .............. ................ 43 Search for a contact ............. ............. 43 Save names and pho ne numbers .... 43 Save number s, i tems, o r a n ima ge . 43 Copy contacts ......................... ............. 44 Edit contact detai ls ............... ............. 44 Del ete contacts or co ntact d etails . 44 Business c ards ......... ............................. 45 My prese nce ............ ................ ............. 45 Subscri bed names .. ................ ............. 46 Settings .... ................................. ............. 47 Groups ...... ................. ............................. 47 Voice dialing ............................ ............. 48 Speed dials ............................... ............. 49 Info, service , and my nu mbers ........ 49 8. Log ...................................... 50 Recent ca lls lists ..................... ............. 50 Counters and timers ........................... 50 9. Settings ............................. 51 Profiles ..... ................. ............................. 51 Themes ...................... ................ ............. 51 Tones......... ................. ............................. 51 Lights ........ ................................. ............. 52 My shortc uts ........... ................ ............. 52 Display ....................... ................ ............. 52 Time and date ......................... ............. 53 RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 4 Monday , Sept ember 4, 2006 9: 22 AM
5 Call ........................ ................ ................... 5 4 Phon e ... ................................ ................ ... 54 Conne ctivity ....... ................................ ... 55 Enhanc ement s ... ................ ................... 5 7 Confi guration..... ................................ ... 5 8 Secu rity ............... ................ ................... 5 9 Resto re factory settings.................. ... 59 10. O perator menu ................ 60 11. Gallery ........... ................... 61 12. Media ............................... 62 Came ra ................ ................ ................... 6 2 Radio .... ................................ ................... 62 Record er .............. ................ ................... 6 4 13. Organizer....... ................... 65 Alarm clo ck......................................... ... 65 Calen dar .............. ................ ................... 6 5 To-do list ............. ................ ................... 6 6 Not es .... ................ ................................ ... 6 7 Synchron izati on ................ ................ ... 6 7 Calc ulator ........... ................................ ... 68 Stopw atch .......................... ................... 6 9 Count down timer ............. ................... 70 14. Applications ..................... 71 Games .. ................................ ................... 71 Collec tion ............................ ................... 7 1 15. Push to talk ..................... 73 Push to talk menu ............................ ... 73 Conne ct to and d isconn ect PTT ....... 7 4 Make and receive a PTT call .......... ... 74 Callb ack requests.............. ................ ... 76 Add a on e-to-one c ontact ............... . 78 Create and set up c hann els ............. . 78 PTT s ettings .......... ................................ . 80 16. Web................................... 81 Set u p brow sing .................. ................ . 81 Connect to a s ervice .......................... . 81 Browse pages ....................... ................. 82 Appea rance setting s .......... ................. 83 Cookies .................. ................................ . 84 Scripts over secure conne ction ....... 84 Bookmark s ............ ................................ . 84 Down load files ..... ................................ . 85 Service inbo x ....................... ................ . 85 Cache memo ry..... ................ ................. 86 Browse r security ................................. . 86 Positio ning informa tion .... ................ . 88 17. SIM services ..................... 90 18. PC connectivity ................ 91 Nokia PC Sui te ..................... ................. 91 Packe t dat a, HSCSD , and C SD .......... 91 Data communicati on applica tions . 91 19. Batt ery information......... 92 Chargi ng an d discha rging ................ . 92 Nokia battery authen tication guideli nes.............. ................................ . 92 Care and maintenance ........... 95 Add itiona l safety inform a tio n 96 Index ..................................... 100 RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 5 Monday , Sept ember 4, 2006 9: 22 AM
For y our s afet y 6 For your safety Read the se simple g uidelines . Not foll owing them may be dangero us or ille gal. Read the comple te user guide for further i nformation. SWITC H ON SAF ELY Do not s witch th e phone o n when wir eless p hone us e is prohib ited or when it may ca use inte rference o r danger. ROA D SAF ETY C OM ES FI RST Obey al l local law s. Always kee p your hands fre e to operate the veh icle while drivin g. Your first consider ation while d riving should be road safety. IN TE RFER ENCE Al l w irel ess pho nes ma y be susc e pti bl e to in terf er enc e , wh ich cou ld affect performance. SWITCH OF F IN HOSPIT ALS Foll ow any restrict ions. Switch the phone o ff near medical equ ip me nt . SWITCH O FF I N AIRCRAFT Foll ow any restrict ions. Wirele ss devices can caus e interferen ce in aircraft. SWITCH OFF WHEN REFUELING Do not us e the phone at a refueling point. Do not us e near fuel or chemica ls. SWITCH OFF NEAR BLASTI NG Follow any restrictio ns. Do not use the pho ne where blasti ng is in progr ess. USE SEN SI BLY Use only in the nor mal posit ion as expla ined in th e product document ation . Do not touch the ante nna unnece ssaril y. QUALIF IED SER VICE Only qu alified personne l may install or rep air th is product. ENHAN CEM ENTS A ND BATT ERIES Use only approved enhancemen ts and bat terie s. Do not con nect incomp atible p roducts. RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 6 Monday , Sept ember 4, 2006 9: 22 AM
For you r sa fety 7 WATER-RESIS TANCE Your phone is not water-resista nt. Keep it dry. BACK-UP COPIES Remember to make back-up cop ies or keep a writt en record of a ll importan t informat ion store d in your phone. CONNECTIN G TO OTHER DEVICES When con necting to a ny oth er device, rea d its user gu ide for deta iled sa fe ty in st ru ct io ns. Do n ot c o nn ec t in c om pa t ible p ro du ct s. EMER GENC Y CALL S Ensu re the phon e is switch ed on and in servic e. Press the end key a s many ti mes a s nee ded to clea r the disp lay and return to t he sta rt screen . Enter the e merg ency number, th en press the call key. Give your locatio n. Do not end the call until give n permission to do so. â Abou t your devic e Th e wire less de vic e desc ribe d in this gui de is appr oved for us e on the EGSM 9 00 and GSM 18 00 and 1 900 netw orks. Cont act your s ervice provi der for m ore informati on about networks. When using the fea tures in this device, ob ey all laws and res pect the priv acy and legi timat e right s of ot hers, includ ing co pyright s. Warn ing : To use any fe atures i n this device, other than th e alarm clo ck, the device must be switched on. Do not switch the device on when wireles s device us e may ca use inte rference or da nger. â Net wor k s er vic es To use th e phone you must h ave servi ce fro m a wire less serv ice p rovid er. Many of the feature s in this devi ce depend on fea tures in the wireles s network to function. T hese network service s may not be available on all networks or you may have to make specific a rrangements with your service provid er before you can utilize network services . Your serv ice provi der may need to give you addi tional ins truct ions fo r the ir use and expla in wha t cha rges w ill a pply. S ome network s may have limita tions tha t affect how you can use n etwork servi ces. For in stance, some netwo rks may not supp ort all l anguage -dep endent c haracters a nd se rvices. Your servi ce pro vider may have req ueste d that c ertain fe ature s be disa bled or not activated in yo ur device. If so, th ey will not ap pear on your device men u. Your device may also have been spe cially configured fo r your network provide r. This RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 7 Monday , Sept ember 4, 2006 9: 22 AM
For y our s afet y 8 configura tion may in clude change s in menu names , menu order , and icons . Contact your se rvice provider for more inform ation. This device supp orts W AP 2.0 prot ocols (HTTP and S SL) that r un on TCP/I P proto cols. Some featur es of this dev ice, su ch as text messa ges, multim edia mess ages, au dio messag es, ins tant mess aging se rvice, e- mail, p resen ce enhance d conta cts, mo bile I ntern et se rvices, conte nt an d appli cation dow nload, a nd synchronization with a remote Internet server, require network sup port for these tech nologies . â Shar ed me mory The phone has two memorie s. The foll owing featur es may share the first memory: contacts , text mess ages, mu ltimedia mes sages (but n o attachmen ts), audio messag es, instant me ssaging, gr oups, voice commands, calend ar, and to -do notes. Th e second sh ared me mory is use d by files sto red in Gal l ery , attachments of multimed ia mes sages, e- mail, and Java TM appl ic at ions . Us e of on e or mo re of these fea tures ma y reduce th e memory avai lable for th e remainin g features sharing memory. For exa mple, sa ving many Java applicat ions may use all of the avail able memory. Your device may display a mes sage that th e memory is full when you try to us e a shared memory feature. In this cas e, delet e some of the information or entries stored in the s hared memory fe atures before continuing . Some of the feature s, such as text me ssages, m ay have a certain a mount o f memory s pecial ly allotted to them in add ition to th e memory share d with ot her features. â Enh ancem ents A few prac tical rules about acces sories and enhan cements: ⢠Kee p al l acc ess ories and e nh ance me nts o ut of th e rea ch of sm all chil dre n. ⢠When you disconnect t he power cord of any acces sory or enhancemen t, grasp and pul l t he pl ug , no t t he c or d. ⢠Che ck regularly that en hancement s install ed in a ve hicle ar e mounted a nd are ope ra tin g pr oper l y. ⢠In stallati on of any c omple x ca r enha ncement s must be made b y qual ified perso nnel only . RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 8 Monday , Sept ember 4, 2006 9: 22 AM
General inf ormati on 9 Gene ral information â Ov ervi ew of f un ction s Your pho ne provides many functions that are practical for daily use, such as a calenda r, a clock, an alarm c lock, a radio, and a built-in camera. Your phone also support s the following f unctions: ⢠Enhanced da ta rates for GSM evolution (ED GE). See âÂÂPacket data (EGPRS),â p. 56. ⢠Extensible hypertext mar kup language (XHTML). See âÂÂWeb,â p. 81. ⢠Audio mess aging. See âÂÂNokia Xpress audio messaging,â p. 31. ⢠Instant mess aging. See âÂÂInstant messaging (IM),â p. 32. ⢠E-mail a pplication. See âÂÂE-mail a pplication,â p. 37. ⢠Push to t alk. See â Push to talk,â p. 73. ⢠Presence- enhanced cont acts. See âÂÂMy pr esence ,â p. 45. ⢠Java 2 Plat form, Micro Edition (J 2ME TM ). See âÂÂApplicat ions,â p. 71. ⢠Synchronizat ion and file transfer with PC Suite. See âÂÂNokia PC Suite,â p. 91. â Ac cess cod es Security code The secur ity code (5 t o 10 digits) helps to protect your phone against unauthorized use. The preset cod e is 12345. To change the code, and t o set t he phone to request the c ode, see âÂÂSecurity,â p. 59. PIN co des The pers onal identification number (PIN) code and the universal personal ide ntification number (UPIN) code (4 to 8 digit s) help to protect your SIM card against unauthorized use. See âÂÂSecurity,â p. 59. The PIN2 code (4 to 8 digit s) may b e supplied with t he SIM card and is required for some functions . RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 9 Monday , Sept ember 4, 2006 9: 22 AM
General inf ormation 10 The module PIN is required t o access the inf ormation in the s ecurity module. See â Security module ,â p. 86. The signing PIN is required for t he digital signature. See â Digital signature,â p. 88. PUK co des The personal unblocking key (PUK) code and the universal personal unblocking key (UPUK) code (8 digits) are required t o change a b locked PIN code and UPIN code, res pectively. The PUK2 code (8 digits) is required to cha nge a bl ocked PIN2 code. If the codes are not s upplied with the SIM c ard, contact your local service provider for the code s. Bar ring pa sswo rd The barring password (4 digits) is requ ired when using the Call barring se rvi ce . See âÂÂSecurit y,â p. 59. â Con figura tion sett ings servi ce To use some of the network ser vices, such as mobile Inte rnet service s, MMS, Nokia Xpress a udio messaging, or remote Internet ser ver synchronization, y our phone needs t he correct configuration settings. You may be able to rece ive the s ettings directly as a conf iguration message. After r eceiving the s ettings, yo u need to save them on y our phone. The servic e provider may provide a PIN that is needed to save the settings. For mor e information on a vailability, contact your net work operator, se rvice provide r, nearest authorized Nokia deale r, or vis it the support area on the N okia Web sit e at www.nokia. com/support. When you have received a configurat ion message Configuration sett. rece ived is displayed. To sav e the settings , select Show > Save . If t he phone re quests Enter settings' PIN: , enter the PIN code for the settings, and select OK . To receive t he PIN code, contact t he service provider t hat supplies the settings. If no s ettings are s aved yet , these s ettings are saved and set as default configura tion settings. Otherwise, t he phone asks Acti vate sa ve d configuration settings? . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 10 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
General inf ormati on 11 To dis card the r eceived s ettings, select Exit or Sh ow > Disc ard . To edit t he settings, s ee âÂÂConfiguration,â p. 58. â Download conte nt and ap plicat ions You may be able t o download new content (for example, themes) to the phone (networ k service). Select the dow nload function (for example, in the Gallery menu). T o access t he download f unction, see t he respect ive menu des criptions. For the availability of different service s, pricing, and tariffs, c ontact your se rvice p rovider. Importan t: Use only services that you trust and tha t offer adequate security and protection against harmful software. â Nokia s upport and c ontact inf ormatio n Check w ww.nokia.com/support or your local N okia Web site for th e latest ver sion of th is guide, additional i nformation, downloads, and service s related to your Nokia product . On the Web site, y ou can get information on the use of Nokia product s and se rvices. If you need to c ontact customer service, check the lis t of local Nokia conta ct centers at www.nokia.com/cus tomerservice. For maint enance servic es, check your nea rest Nokia s ervice cent er at www.nok ia.com/repair. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 11 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Get st arted 12 1. Get started â Inst all the SIM c ard and bat tery Always switch the device off and disc onnect the charger before remo ving the batte ry. Keep all SI M cards out of th e reach of sma ll children. For availability and information o n using SIM card services, contact your SIM ca rd v end or. Th is may be t he se rv ice pr ovi de r, net wor k op er at or, or othe r ven dor . This device is intended for use with the BL-5B battery. The SIM car d and its c ontacts can easily be damaged by scratc hes or bending, so be careful w hen handling, inserting, or removing the car d. To remove t he back cover of the phone, press the r elease button (1), and lift the back cov er (2). Ensure that the gold-colored contact area on the SIM car d is facing dow nwards, and insert the SIM card int o the SIM card holder until it s naps into position (3). Insert the bat tery (4) . Observe t he batter y contacts. Always use or iginal Nokia batteries. Se e âÂÂNokia batte ry authentication guidelines,â p. 92. Align the top of the ba ck cover wi th the top of the phone (5), and pr ess the bottom of the bac k cover to lock it (6). RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 12 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Ge t star ted 13 To remove t he battery, lift the lower end of the battery out of the compartment (7). To remove the SIM card, press the SIM card releas e (8), and slide the SIM card towards the top of t he phone (9). â Ch arge the b att ery Warn ing : Use on ly batteri es, chargers, an d enha ncements approved by Nokia for use with this particular model. The use o f any other types may inv ali date any appr oval or warr anty , and may b e da nge rous . Check the model number of any charger before use with this de vice. This device is intended for u se when supplied with power from an AC-3, AC-4 , and DC-4 charger, and from an LCH-9 charger wh en used with the C A-44 charger ada pter. For availabili ty of approved enhance ments , please check with your dealer. Wh en you disc onnect the powe r co rd of any enhan ceme nt, g ras p and pull th e plug, not the cord. 1. Connect the charger to a wall socket. 2. C on nec t th e lea d f rom th e charg er to the sock et on the bottom of your phone. If the battery i s completely dis charged, it may take a fe w minutes before the charging indicat or appears on the display or before any c alls can be made. The c harging time depends on the charger and the ba ttery us ed. For example, charging a BL-5B battery with t he AC-3 charger takes about 1 hour a nd 10 minutes while t he phone is in the sta ndby mode. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 13 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Get st arted 14 â Swit ch the ph one on and of f War ning: D o n o t s w i t c h t h e p h o n e o n w h e n w i r e l e s s phone u se is pro hibited or when it may cau se interference or danger. To switch the phone on, press and hold the power key. If the phone asks for a PIN or a UPIN co de, enter the c ode (displayed as * ***), and s elect OK . To switch the phone off , press and hold t he power key. Set th e ti me, ti me zone , an d d ate Enter the local time, se lect the time zone of your locat ion in terms of the time difference w ith respect t o Greenwic h Mean Time (G MT), and enter the date. See âÂÂTime and date,â p. 53. Plug and play s ervic e When you switch on your phone for the first time, and t he phone is in the standby mode, you are asked t o get the c onfiguration settings f rom your service provider (net work servic e). Conf irm or decline the query. See " Connect t o service provider support ," p. 58 and â Configuration settings service,â p. 10. â Ante nna Your dev ice has a n intern al antenna. No te: A s wi th a ny other radi o transm itting devi ce, do not to uch the antenna un neces sarily w hen the device is switched o n. Con tact wi th the antenna affects cal l quality and may ca use the devic e to op er ate at a h ighe r pow er le vel than otherwis e needed. A voiding conta ct with th e anten na area when operat ing the devi ce optimiz es the anten na performance and the battery life. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 14 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Ge t star ted 15 â Wrist s trap To att ach a wrist strap to the bottom of the phone , open t he back cov er. Thread the lace ar ound the hook (1) as s hown in the picture. Hold the lace in its position and c lose the back cove r (2). RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 15 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Your p hone 16 2. Y our pho ne â Keys an d part s ⢠Power k ey (1) ⢠Earpiece (2) ⢠Loudspeaker (3) ⢠Display (4) ⢠Volume up and push to talk (PTT) key (5) ⢠Volume down and voice command key (6) ⢠Infrared (IR ) port (7) ⢠Middle select ion key (8) ⢠4-way navigation key (9) ⢠Left select ion key (10) ⢠Right select ion key (11) ⢠Call key (12) ⢠End key (13) ⢠Keypad, may vary b y region (14) ⢠Charger connector (15) ⢠Microphone (16) ⢠Pop-Port TM connector (17) ⢠Camera lens (18) RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 16 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Your p hone 17 â Sta ndb y mode When the phone is r eady for use, and you have not entered any charact ers, the phone is in the s tandby mode. 1 Name of th e network o r operator logo 2 Signal strength of t he cellular net work 3 Battery char ge level 4 Left s election ke y ( Go to ) 5 Middle selection k ey ( Menu ) 6 Right selection key ( Names ) The right selection ke y may be a nother shortcut to a funct ion that you s elected. See âÂÂMy shortcuts ,â p. 52. Oper ator variant s may have an ope rator-sp ecific name t o access an operator-specific Web site. Person al shor tcut list The left selection k ey is Go t o . To v iew the funct ions in the per sonal shortcut list, select Go t o . To ac tivate a funct ion, select it. To vie w a list wit h available functions, select Go to > Options > Sel ect options . To add a function t o the shortcut list, select Mark . To remov e a function fr om the list, select Unm ark . To rearr ange the functions on y our personal shortcut lis t, select Go t o > Options > Organise . Select the desired f unction, Move , and the place wher e you want t o move the function. Short cuts in st andb y mo de ⢠To ac cess the lis t of dialed numbers, press the call key once. Scroll to a number or name; to call the number, press the c all key. ⢠To open the Web browse r, press and hold 0 . ⢠To ca ll your voice ma ilbox, pres s and hold 1 . ⢠Use t he navigation key as a s hortcut. See âÂÂMy shortcut s,â p. 52. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 17 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Your p hone 18 Pow er sa ving A digital clock view overwrites th e display when no function of t he phone has b een used for a c ertain period of time. To a ctivate th e power save r, see Pow e r s a v e r i n âÂÂDis play,â p. 52. To deact ivate the scre en saver , press any k ey. Indicato rs You have unread messages. The phone registered a missed call. See âÂÂLog,â p. 50. The k eypad is loc ked. See âÂÂKeypad lock (keyguard),â p. 19. The phone does not r ing for an incoming call or text message whe n Incoming call alert and Mes sage alert tone ar e set to Off . See âÂÂTones,â p. 51. The alarm clock is set to On . Se e âÂÂAlarm clock,â p. 65. If the packet da ta connection mode Always online is select ed, the packet da ta service is available. Se e âÂÂPacket data (EGPRS),â p. 56. A packet data connect ion is esta blished. See âÂÂPacket data (EGPRS),â p. 56 and âÂÂB rowse pages, â p. 82. The pa cket da ta connection is suspended (on hold), for e xample, if there is an incoming or outgoing call during a packet data dial-up c onnection. When the infrared c onnection is act ivated, the indicator is shown continuously. Push to t alk connect ion is active or suspended. See âÂÂPush to talk,â p. 73. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 18 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Your p hone 19 â K eypad lo ck (k eygu ard) To preve nt the keys fr om being accident ally press ed, select Menu , and press * within 3.5 s econds to lock the keypad. To unlock the ke ypad, selec t Unlock , and pres s * within 1.5 seconds. If the Secu rity key guard is set On , enter the securit y code if r equested. To ans wer a call when t he keyguar d is on, pr ess the call key. Whe n you end or reject the call, the keypad automatically locks. For Automatic k eyguard and Security key guard , see âÂÂPhon e,â p. 54. When the keyguard is on, calls stil l may be possible to the official eme rgency number progr ammed into your d evice. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 19 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Call functi ons 20 3. Ca ll funct ions â Make a call 1. Enter the phone number, including the area code . For internat ional calls, press * twice for t he internat ional prefix (the character replaces the international access code), then enter the country code , the area code without t he leading 0, if neces sary, and the phone number. 2. To call t he number, pr ess the c all key. 3. To end t he call or t o cancel t he call att empt, press t he end key. To make a call using names, search f or a name or phone number in Contacts . See âÂÂSearch for a contact,â p. 43. Press the c all ke y to ca ll the number. To access the list of up to 20 dialed numbers, press the call key once in the standby mode. To call t he number, select a number or na me, and press th e call ke y. Speed di aling Assign a phone number to one of the speed-dialing keys, 2 to 9 . See âÂÂSpeed dials,â p. 49. Call t he number in either of the f ollowing ways: ⢠Press a speed-dialing key, then pre ss the call key. â¢I f Speed dialling is set to On , press and hold a speed-di aling key until the cal l begins. See Speed dialling in âÂÂCall,â p. 54. â Answ er or reject a call To answer an incoming call, press th e call key . To end th e call, pres s the end key. To reject an incoming cal l, press t he end key . To mute the ringing tone, s elect Silence . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 20 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Cal l fu ncti ons 21 Tip: If the Divert if busy function is act ivated to div ert the calls (for example, to your v oice mai lbox), rejec ting an incoming call also diverts the call. See âÂÂCall,â p. 54. If a compat ible heads et with a he adset key is connect ed to the phone, to answer a nd end a call, press the headset key. Ca ll wa it ing To ans wer the wa iting call during an active call, pr ess the cal l key . The first c all is put on hold. To end t he active call , press t he end key . To ac tiv ate th e Call waiting function, see âÂÂC all,â p. 54. â Options d uring a cal l War ning: Do not hold the de vice near your ea r when th e loudspeaker is in use , because the vo lume may be e xtremely lo ud. Many of the options that you c an use during a ca ll are networ k services. For availa bility, contact your network operator or servi ce provider. During a call, select O ptions and fr om the following options: Call options are Mut e or Unm ut e , Con ta ct s , Menu , Auto volume on or Auto volume off , Re cor d , Lo ck keypad , Loudspeaker , or Handset . Network s ervices opt ions are Answer and Reje ct , Hold or Unhold , Ne w call , Add to conference , End c all , End all calls , and the f ollowing: Send DTMF â t o send tone s trings Swap â to switch between t he active ca ll and the call on hold Transf er â to connect a call on hold to an active c all and disconne ct your self Conference â to make a c onference call th at allows up to fiv e persons to take part in a conferen ce call Private call â to dis cuss privat ely in a conference call RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 21 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Write text 22 4. Wri te tex t You can enter t ext (for example, when writing me ssages) using traditional or predictive text input. When using traditional text input, press a number key, 1 to 9 , repeatedly until the desired character appears. In predic tive text input you can ent er a let ter with a s ingle keyp ress . When you are writing text, predictive text input is indicated by and traditional t ext input by at the t op left of th e display. , , or appear next to the text input indicator, indicating the character c ase. To change the character case and the text input mode, press # . indicates numbe r mode. To change from the letter to number mode, press and hold # , and select Number mode . To insert a special character, press and hold * . â Sett ings To set th e writing la nguage, select Options > W riting language . Predictive text input is only available fo r the language s listed. Select Options > Prediction on to set the predictive text input or Prediction off to set t raditional text input. â Predi cti ve te xt inpu t Predictive text input is ba sed on a built-in dictionary t o which you can add new words . 1. Start writing a word using th e 2 to 9 keys. Pr ess ea ch ke y only once for a sing le let ter. Th e word chang es af ter each keypres s. 2. When you have finished w riting the word and it is c orrect, to confirm it, pres s 0 to add a space , or scroll in any dir ection. Press a navigation key to move the cursor. If the w ord is n ot corre ct, press * repeatedly, or select O ptions > Matches . Select the correc t word and Use . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 22 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Write text 23 If ? is displayed after the w ord, the word y ou intended to wr ite is not in the dictionary. To add the word to t he dictionary, select Spell . Enter the word (traditional text input is us ed), and select Save . To enter a full st op, press 1 . 3. Start wr iting the next word. Wri te co mpou nd wo rd s Enter the first part of t he word, and scroll right t o confirm it. W rite the last par t of the wor d, and confir m the word. â Tradit ional te xt in put Press a number key, 1 to 9 , repeatedly until the desired character appears. Not all char acters a vailable under a number key are printed on the key. The character s available depend on the writing language. See âÂÂSettings,â p. 22. If the next letter you want is located on the same key as the present one, wait until the cursor appears, or press any of t he navigation keys and e nter th e lett er . The mos t common punctuation mar ks and spec ial characters are available under the 1 key. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 23 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Navi gate the men us 24 5. Naviga te t he m enus The phone off ers you an e xtensive range of f unctions, which are grouped into menus. 1. To access the menu, s elect Menu . To c hange the me nu view, s elect Options > Main menu v iew > List or Grid . 2. Scroll through t he menu, and s elect a submenu (for example, Settings ). 3. If the menu contains submenus, select the one that you want (for example, Call ). 4. If the s elected menu cont ains further subme nus, select the one that you want (for example, Anykey answer ). 5. Select the setting of your choice. 6. To return t o the previ ous menu level, se lect Back . To exit th e menu, sel ect Exit . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 24 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 25 6. Messages The mes sage services ca n only be used if the y are supported by your ne twork or your service provider. Not e: When sen ding message s, your phone ma y display Mess age sen t . This is an i ndication that the messag e has been sen t by your device to the messa ge center number programmed in to your device. This is not an indica tion that th e message has been rece ived at the in tended destinat ion. For more details about messaging services , check with your service provid er. Important : Exerci se c aut ion w hen op ening me ssage s. M ess ages ma y contain malicious software or otherwise be harmful to your devi ce or PC. Only devices tha t have compatib le features can receive and display me ssag es. Th e app ear anc e of a me ssage ma y v ary depe ndin g on th e receiving device . â Text me ssage s (S MS) Using t he short message se rvice (SMS) you can send and receiv e multipart mes sages made of several ordinar y text me ssages (netwo rk service) that can contain pictures. Before yo u can send any t ext, picture, or e-mail mes sage, you must save your message center number. See âÂÂMessage settings ,â p. 40. To che ck SMS e-mail service ava ilability and to subscribe t o the s ervice, contact your service provider. Your device supports the sen ding of tex t mess ages beyond the chara cter limi t fo r a single message. Lo nger mess ages will be sent as a se ries of tw o or more messages. Your service provi der may charge accordin gly. Charact ers that use accents or other marks, and characters from some language options like Chinese, take up more s pace limitin g the nu mber of char acters that can be sent in a single message. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 25 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 26 Wr ite an d send an SMS me ssa ge 1. Select Menu > Mes saging > Create message > Text message . 2. Enter a me ssage. See â Write text,â p. 22. At the t op of the display, the message length indicator tracks the number of av ailable charact ers. For example , 10/2 means t hat you can still add 10 characters for the text to be sent as two messages. To insert t ext templates or a pictur e into the me ssage, see âÂÂTemplates, â p. 27. Eac h picture mes sage comprise s several te xt messages. Se nding one picture or multipart message may cost mor e than sending one t ext mess age. 3. To send th e mess age, sele ct Send > Recently used , To phone number , To man y , or To e-mail address . To send a mes sage using a pr edefined message profile, select Via sending profile . For the message profile, see âÂÂText and SMS e-mail,â p. 40. Select or enter a phone number or e-mail address, or select a profile. Read and rep ly t o an S MS m essage is shown when you rece ived an SMS message or an SMS e-mail. The blinking indicat es that the message memory is full. Befor e you can receive new messages, dele te some of your old messages in t he Inbox folder. 1. To view a new message, select Show . To view it later, selec t Ex it . To read the message later, select Menu > Messaging > Inbox . If more than one me ssage is receiv ed, selec t the message t hat you want to read. indicates an unread message. 2. While reading a message, select Options and delete or forward the message; edit the message as a text message or an SMS e-mail; rename the message you are reading or move it t o another folder; or view or ext ract mes sage details. You can als o copy text from the beginning of the me ssage to your phone calendar as a reminder note. To save t he picture in the Templates f older when reading a picture message, se lect Save pict ure . 3. To reply as a mess age, select Reply > Text message , Multimedia msg. , Flash message , or Audio message . Enter the reply messa ge. When RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 26 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 27 replying t o an e-mail, first confirm or edit the e- mail address an d subject . 4. To s end the message to the dis played number, se lect Send > OK . Tem pl ate s Your pho ne has text te mplates and pict ure templates that you can use in t ext, picture, or SMS e- mail messages. To ac cess the t emplate list , select Menu > Messaging > Saved items > Text messages > T emplates . â Mu ltime dia me ssag es (MM S) A multimedia mes sage can c ontain text, sound, a picture, a calendar note, a business ca rd, or a v ideo clip. If t he messag e is too larg e, the phone may not be able to receive it . Some net works allow text mes sages that include an Internet address where you can vie w the multimedia message. You cannot receive multimedia messages during a call, a game, anothe r Java application, or an active browsi ng session over GSM data. Bec ause delivery of multimedia message s can fail for various r easons, do not rely solely upon them for es sential communications. Wri te an d sen d an M MS mes sage To set the settings f or multimedia messaging, see âÂÂMultimedia,â p. 40. To che ck availability and to subs cribe to th e multimedia mes saging service , contact y our service provider . Co pyright protec tions m ay prev ent som e images, music (inc luding r inging t ones) , and other con tent from being copied, mod ified, transferred or forwarde d. 1. Select Menu > Messaging > Create mes sage > Multimedia msg. . 2. Enter a message. See âÂÂWrite text,â p. 22. To ins ert a file, s elect Options > Insert and from the following options: Image , Sound c lip , or Video clip â to ins ert a file fr om Gallery New ima ge â to take a new image t o be added to the messag e RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 27 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 28 New so und clip â to make a new recording to be added to t he message Business card or Calendar note â to insert a business c ard or a calendar note in the messa ge Slide â to inser t a slide to the message. Your phone supports multimedia messa ges that contain several pages (slide s). Each slide can cont ain text, one image, a cale ndar note, a business car d, and one sound c lip. To open a desired slide if the message contains several slide s, select Options > Previous s lide , Next slide , or Slide list . To set t he interval between the s lides, select O ptions > Slide timing . To move the text component to the t op or bottom of the message, sel ect Options > Plac e text firs t or Place text last . The following opt ions may a lso be avail able: Dele te to de lete an image, slide, or sound clip from the message, Clear text , Pr eview , or Save message . In More options the f ollowing options may be available: Insert contact , Insert number , Message details , and Edit subject . 3. To send th e mess age, sele ct Send > Recently used , To phone number , To e- mail address , or T o many . 4. Select the contact from the lis t, or enter the recipientâÂÂs phone number or e-mail address, or search for it in Contac ts . Se lect OK . The message is moved to the Outbox folder f or sending. While the mult imedia message is being sent, the animated indicat or is displayed and you can use other functions on the phone. If the sending fails, the phone tries to resend it a few times. If this fails, the message remains in the Outbox folder, and you can try to r esend it later. If you select Save s ent messages > Yes , the sent me ssage is s aved in the Sent items folder. See â Multimedia,â p. 40. When the message is sent, it is not an indication that the me ssage has been recei ved at t he intended destination. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 28 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 29 Rea d and re ply to an MMS m essag e Imp ort a nt: Exerci se ca ution when o pening mess ages. Multi media messag e objects ma y contain mali cious softw are or other wise be harmful to your devi ce or PC. When your phone receives a multimedia message, the animated is displaye d. When the mes sage has been received, and t he text Multimedia message received are shown. 1. To read the message, select Show . To view it lat er, select Exit . To read the message later, select Menu > Messaging > Inbox . In the list of messages, indicates an unread mes sage. Select t he message that you want to view. 2. The funct ion of the middl e select ion key cha nges accor ding to the currently displayed atta chment in the me ssage. To vie w the whol e message if the receiv ed message cont ains a present ation, a sound cli p, or a video clip, s elect Play . Select Options to access Attachments (for e xample, a busi ness card) and Object s (for example, ima ges). 3. To reply to the message, select O ptions > Reply > Text message , Multimedia msg. , Flash message , or Audio mes sage . E nter the reply message, a nd select Send . Select Options to access available options. â Memo ry ful l When you have receiv ed a new text messag e and the message me mory is full, blinks and Text msgs. memory f ull. Delete msgs. i s shown. Select No , and delete some messages from a folder. To discard t he waiting message, select Exit > Ye s . When you have a ne w multimedia me ssage waiting a nd the memory for the messages is full, blinks and Multimedia memor y full. View waiting msg. is shown. To view t he waiting message, sele ct Show . Before y ou can save t he waiting message, delet e old messages to free memory space. To save the message, select Save . To discard the waiting message, s elect Ex i t > Ye s . If y ou select No , you can view t he message. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 29 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 30 â Folder s The phone s aves receiv ed text and multimedia messages in the Inbox folder. Multimedia messages t hat have not yet bee n sent are moved to the Outbox fo l der. If you have selec ted Message settings > Text messages > Save sent messages > Ye s , and Message settings > Multimedia msgs. > Save sent messages > Ye s , the sent messages ar e saved in the Sent items fo l der. To save t he text mes sage that you are writing a nd wish t o send later in the Save d items folder, select Options > Save message > Saved text msgs. . For mult imedia messages, select the opt ion Save message . indicates unse nt messages. To organize y our text messages , you can mov e some of them to My folders or ad d new folders for your messages . Select Messaging > Sav ed items > Text messages > My folders . To add a f older, select Options > Add folder . If you have not saved any folders, select Add . To delete or rename a f older, scroll to t he desired f older, and s elect Options > D elete folder or Rename folder . â Po s t c a r d s With the postcard messaging se rvice you can create and send postcards that may c ontain an image and a greeti ng text. The postcard is s ent to the service provider using multimedia messaging. The service provider prints the pos t card, a nd sends it t o the post al address given wit h the message. The Multimedia mess aging service must be activat ed before this service can be us ed. This featur e may not be a vailable, depending on your phone. Before you can u se the postcard service, you must su bscribe to the service. To check the av ailabili ty and costs, and to subscribe to the se rvice, contact your netwo rk opera tor or serv ice provi der. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 30 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 31 Send a postca rd Select Menu > Messaging > Create message > Po st ca r d . Scroll t o the editor fields , and sel ect Writ e to ent er the name and the pos tal address of the recipient; t hen write your g reeting text. Select Ins ert > Open Gallery to insert an ima ge from Gallery or N ew image to insert a recent photo. Select O ptions to see the available options. To send the postcard, selec t the gr aphical key, or select O ptions > Send . â Flash messag es Flash messages are t ext message s that are instantly displayed upon reception. Write a flas h message Select Menu > Messaging > Create message > Flash me ssage . Write your mess age. The max imum length of a flas h message i s 70 characters. To insert a blinking te xt into the message, select Op tions > Insert blink cha r . to set a marker. The text after the ma rker blinks until a second marker is inserted. Receive a fl ash mess age A received flash mess age is not automati cally save d. To read t he message, s elect Re ad . To ext ract phone numbers , e-mail addr esses, a nd Web site addresses f rom the curr ent message, select Options > Use detail . To sav e the m es sa g e, se le c t Save and t he folder in which you wan t t o sa ve the me ssa ge. â Nokia Xpres s audio mess aging With t his menu, use t he multimedia message service to creat e and send a voic e message in a convenient w ay. Multimedia messaging s ervice must be a ctivated befor e this servic e can be us ed. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 31 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 32 Cre ate an d send an au dio me ssa ge 1. Select Menu > Mes saging > Create message > Audio mes sage . The recorder opens . To use the record er, see âÂÂRecor der,â p. 64. 2. Whe n the mess ag e is read y to se nd, sele ct Options > Play to check the message before sending, Replac e sound clip to re peat th e recording, Save message (to Saved items ), Sav e sound clip to sav e the recording in Gallery , Edit subject to insert a subject to t he message, Message details t o view t he message det ails, or Louds peaker or Ha ndset . 3. To send th e mess age, sele ct Send > Recently used , To phone number , To e- mail address , or T o many . Depending on your operator, mor e options may be available. 4. Select the contact from the lis t, enter the recipientâÂÂs phone number or e-mail address, or s earch for it in Contacts . Select OK , and the message is moved to the Outbox folder f or sending. Rece ive a n au dio mes sage When your phone is receiving an audio message, 1 audio message rece ived is shown. Sele ct Show to open t he message, or select Show > Play if there is more than one messa ge received. Select Options to see the ava ilable options. To listen to the me ssage later, s elect Exit . To save th e me ss age, sele ct Options > Save sound clip and the folder in which you want to save the message. â Inst ant mess aging (I M) Instant messaging (network service) is a way t o send shor t, simple text messages to online users. Before you can use instant me ssaging, you must subscribe to the service. To check the availabili ty and costs, and to subscribe to the service, contact your net work operator or service provider, fr om whom you also receive your unique I D, password, and settings. To set the r equired setti ngs for the ins tant messaging se rvice, see Connect. settings in âÂÂAccess the IM me nu,â p. 33. The icons and texts on the display ma y va ry, depending on t he instant me ssaging service. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 32 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 33 Depending on the network, the act ive instant mes saging conversa tion may co nsume the phone battery f aster, and you may need to connect the phone to a charger. Access the IM m enu To ac cess the me nu while still of fline, select Menu > Messaging > Instant messages . If more than one set of connection sett ings for the instant messaging service is available, select t he desired one. If there is only one set defined, it is selecte d automatically. The following options are shown: Login â to connect to the ins tant mess aging service Saved conv ers. â t o view, eras e, or rename the instant me ssaging conversations that you hav e saved during the instant messaging session Connect. settings â to edit th e settings needed for messaging and presence con nection Conne ct to the IM se rvi ce To conne ct to the instant messaging service, open the Ins tant messages menu, acti vate an instant messa ging service, and s elect Login . When the phone has successfully c onnected, L ogged in is displayed. To dis connect from t he instant me ssaging service, select Logout . Start a n IM session Open the Instant messages menu, and connect t o the ser vice. Start the servic e in differe nt way s. â¢S e l e c t Conversations to view the list of new and r ead instant messages or invitations for instant messa ging during the act ive instant messaging session. Scroll to t he message or invitation that you want, and select Open to read the messa ge. indicates th e new and read group me ssages. indicat es the new and the read instant messages. indicates the invitations. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 33 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 34 The icons and texts on the display may vary, depe nding on the instant messaging service. ⢠Select IM contacts to vie w the contacts that you hav e added. Scr oll to the cont act with w hom you would lik e to chat , and select Chat or Ope n if a new cont act is s hown in the list. To add c ontacts, see âÂÂContacts for IM,â p. 36. indicates t he online and the offline contacts in the phone contacts memory. indicates a blocke d contact. indicates a contact t hat has been s ent a ne w message. ⢠Select G roups > Public groups to display the list of book marks to public groups provided by the netw ork operator or service provider. To start an instant messaging session with a group, scroll to a group, and select Join . Enter your screen name that you want to use in the conversation. W hen you have success fully joined the group conversation, you can st art a group conve rsation. To create a private group, see âÂÂG roups,â p. 36. ⢠Select Search > Use rs or G roups to se arch for othe r instant messaging users or public gr oups on the network by phone number, screen name, e-mail address , or name. If you select Groups , you can search for a group by a member in the group or by group name, t opic, or ID. T o start the conve rsation wh en you have found the us er or the group that you w ant, select Options > Chat or Join group . To start a conversation from Contacts , see âÂÂV iew the subscribed names,â p. 46. Accept or re ject an invitation In the sta ndby mode, when you are connected to t he instant messaging service a nd you rec eive a new invitation, Ne w invitation re ceived is displayed. T o read it, select Read . If more than one invitation is receiv ed, scroll to t he invitation you want, and select Ope n . To join the private group conversat ion, select Acce pt , and enter t he screen name ; or to reject or de lete t he invitation, s elect Options > Re jec t or Delete . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 34 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 35 Read a re cei ve d i n stan t mes sa ge In the standby mode, when you are connected to the ins tant messaging service , and you receive a new message that is not a message associated with an active conversat ion, New instant message is displaye d. To read it , s elec t Re ad . If you receiv e more than one message, scroll to the message, a nd select Open . New messages receiv ed during an active c onversation are held in Instant messages > Conversations . If you re ceive a mes sage from someone who is not in IM contacts , t he sender ID is displayed. T o save a new contact that is not in the phone memory, select Options > Save contact . Particip ate in a convers ation To join or start an instant messaging se ssion, select Writ e . Write your message, a nd select Send or press the call key to se nd it. Select Options to access available options: V iew conv ersation , Save contact , Group membe rs , Block contact , and End conversation . Edit your ava ilabilit y status 1. Open the Instant messages menu, and connect to the ins tant messaging s ervice. 2. To vie w and edit your own availabilit y information or screen name, sel ect Settings . 3. To allow all the other instant messaging us ers to see y ou when you are online, select A vailabilit y > A vailable for all . To allow only the contacts on your instant messaging contact lis t to see you when you a re online, select A vailability > A vail. for contacts . To appea r as being of fline, select A vailability > Appear offline . When you are connect ed to the ins tant messaging s ervice, indicates that you are online, and indicates th at you are not visible to others. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 35 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 36 Cont acts fo r IM To add contact s to t he instant messaging contacts l ist, connect to the instant messaging service, a nd select IM contacts . To add a c ontact to the list, select Options > Add contact , or if you hav e no contacts added, sel ect Ad d . Sele ct Enter ID manually , Search from serv . , Copy from server , or By mobile number . Scroll to a contact, and to start a conversatio n, select Chat or Options > Contact info , Block c ontact or Unblock contact , A dd contact , Re move contact , Change list , Copy t o server , or Availability alerts . Block an d unblo ck messages To block messages, connect to the instant messaging se rvice, and select Conversations > IM contacts ; or join or start a conversation. Scr oll to the contact from whom you want to block incoming mes sages, and sel ect Options > Block contact > OK . To unblock the messages, connect to t he instant messaging service, and sel ect Blocked list . Scroll t o the contact from whom y ou want to unblock the message s, and se lect Unblock . Grou ps You can creat e your own privat e groups for an instant messaging conversation, or use the public groups provided by the se rvice provider. The privat e groups exis t only during an instant messaging c onversation. The groups are saved on the server of t he service provider. If the server you are logged on to does not support group s ervices, all group-related menus are dimmed . Publi c group s You can bookmark public groups t hat your s ervice provider may maintain. Connect to t he instant messaging service, and se lect Public groups . Scroll to a group with w hich you want to ch at, and selec t Join . If you are not in t he group, enter your screen name as your nickname for the group. T o delete a gr oup from your gr oup list, select O ptions > Delete group . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 36 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 37 To s earch for a group, select Groups > Public groups > Search groups . You can s earch for a group by a member in the group, group name, topic, or ID. Priva te group s Connect to the instant messaging s ervice, and select Groups > Create group . Enter the name for the group and the screen name th at you want to use. Mark the private group me mbers in the contacts list , and write an invit ation. â E- mail ap plicatio n The e- mail applicat ion allows you to access your compatible e-mail account from your phone when you are not in the of fice or at home. This e-mail application is diffe rent from the SMS and MMS e-mail function. Your phone support s POP3 and IMAP4 e-mail servers. Before y ou can send a nd retrieve any e-mail, you may need t o do the following: ⢠Obtain a new e-mail ac count or use t he current one. For avail ability of your e-mail acc ount, contact your e-mail s ervice provider . ⢠For the settings required for e-mail, cont act your e -mail service provider. You may receiv e the e-mail c onfiguration settings as a configuration mes sage. See âÂÂConfiguration se ttings service,â p. 10. You can a lso enter the settings manual ly. See âÂÂConfiguration,â p. 58. To acti vate the e -mail se ttings , se lect Menu > M essaging > Message settings > E- mail messages . See â E-mail,â p. 41. This application does not s upport keypad tones. Wri te and send an e-mail 1. Select Menu > Messaging > E-mail > Create e-mail . 2. Enter the recipientâÂÂs e-mail address, a subject, and the e-mail message. To att ach a file to the e- mail, select Options > Atta ch and the file in Gallery . 3. Select Send > Send now . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 37 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 38 Download e-mail 1. To access the e-mail applicat ion, select Menu > Mes saging > E-mail . 2. To download e -mail messages that hav e been se nt to your e-mail account, select Retrieve . To download ne w e-mail message s and to send e-mail that ha s been saved in the Outbox folde r, select Options > Retrieve and send . To download fir st the he adings of the new e -mail messages that have been sent to your e-mail a ccount, select O ptions > Che ck ne w e-mail . The n, to download the select ed e-mail, mark the des ired ones, and select Options > Retrieve . 3. Select the new message in I nbox . To view it later, s elect Back . indicates an unread message. Read an d rep ly to e-mai l Importan t: E xerci se cau tion w hen openin g me ssages . E-mail messages may contain ma licious software or otherw ise be harmful to your device o r PC. Select Menu > Mes saging > E-mail > Inbox and the de sired message. While reading the message, s elect Opt ions to view the available options. To reply t o an e-mail, select Reply > Empty s creen or Original text . To reply to many, select Options > Reply to all . Confirm or edit the e- mail address and subject; then write your reply. To send the message, select Send > Send now . Inbox and o ther folders Your phone save s e-mail that you have downloaded from y our e-mail account in the Inbox folder. Ot he r fo l de rs contains the follow ing folders: Dra fts for saving unfinished e-mail, Archive for organiz ing and saving your e-mail, Outbox for saving e-mail t hat has not been sent, and Sent items for saving e-mail that has bee n sent. To manage the folders and th eir e-mail c ontent, select Options > Manage folder . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 38 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 39 Del ete e-mail mes sages Select Menu > Mes saging > E-mail > Options > Manage folder and the desired folder . Mark the messages t hat you want to delete. T o delete them, se lect Options > De lete . Deleting an e-mail from your phone does not delete it from the e-mail server. To set the phone to delete t he e-mail also from the e -mail server, select Me nu > Mes saging > E- mail > Options > Extra s ettings > Leav e copy: > Delete retr . ms gs . â V oice mes sages The voice mailbox is a network servi ce and you may need to subscribe to it. For details, cont act y our service provider . To ca ll your v oice mailbox, s elect Menu > Messaging > V oice messages > L isten to voice messages . To enter, se arch for, or edit your voice mailbox number, select V oice mai lbox number . If s upported by t he network, indicates t hat there are new voice messages . Select Lis te n to call your voice mailbo x number. â Info mess ag es Select Menu > Messaging > Info messages . With th e Info messages network service, you can receive messages on v arious topics f rom your service provider. To check a vailability, topic s, and the relev ant topic numbers, c ontact your se rvice provider. â Ser vic e comm and s Select Menu > Messaging > Service commands . Write and send service requests (also known as USSD commands ) to your servi ce provider, such as a ctivation commands f or network s ervices. â Dele te me ssage s To delete all me ssages from a folder , select Menu > Messaging > Dele te messages and the folder f rom which you w ant to delet e the messa ges. Select Ye s , and if the folder contains unr ead messages, the phone asks whethe r you want to delete th em also. Se lect Yes again. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 39 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 40 â Mess age sett ing s Text a nd SMS e-mail The message settings affect the sending, receiving, and viewing of messages. Select Menu > Mes saging > Message settings > Text messages and from the following opt ions: Sending profile â If more than one message profile set is s upported by your SIM c ard, se lect t he set you wan t to chan ge. The following opt ions may be available: Mes sage centre number (delivered from your service provider), Mess ages sen t via , Message validity , Default recipient number (text me ssages) or E-mail ser ver (e-mail), D elivery report s , Use packet data , Reply v ia same centre (network s ervice), and Rename s ending profile . Save sent messages > Yes â Set the phone to save the sent text messages in the Sent items folder. Automatic resending > On â T he phone automatica lly attempts t o resend a t ext messag e, if the s ending has failed. Mu lt im ed ia The message settings affect the sending, receiving, and viewing of multimedia messa ges. Select Menu > Mes saging > Message settings > Multimedia msgs. and from the following opt ions: Save sent messages > Yes â to s et the phone to save sent multimedia messages in the Sent items folder Delivery reports â to ask the network to send deliver y reports about your messages (n etwork ser vice) Default slide timing â to define t he default time b etween s lides in multimedia messa ges Allow multimedia reception > Ye s or No â to receive or to block the multimedia messa ge. If you se lect In home network , you cannot receive multimedia messa ges when outside your home network . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 40 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 41 Incoming multimedia mes sages > Re tri eve , Retrieve manually , or Reject â to allow the r eception of multimedia messages aut omatically, manually after being prompted, or to reject the reception Configuration settings > Configuration â Only the conf igurations that support multimedia messaging are shown. Sele ct a service provider, Default , or Personal config. for multimedia messaging. Select Account and a mult imedia messaging s ervice account contained in th e active configuration set tings. Allow adverts â to receiv e or rejec t advertisements. This setting is not shown if Allow multimedia reception is s et to No . E-ma il The s ettings affect the sending, rece iving, a nd viewing of e- mail. You may receive the conf iguration settings for the e-mail application as a configur ation message. See âÂÂConfiguration settings service ,â p. 10. You can a lso enter the settings manual ly. See âÂÂConfiguration,â p. 58. To activate the settings for the e-mail application, select Menu > Messaging > Message settings > E-mail messages and from the following opt ions: Configuration â S el ec t t he s et tha t y ou wan t t o a c tiv ate. Account â Select an account pr ovided by th e service provider. My name â Enter your name or nick name. E-mail addres s â Ent er your e-mail addr ess. Include signature â You ca n define a signatur e that is automatically added t o the end of your e-mail whe n you w rite your mes sage. Reply-to addr ess â Enter the e-mail address to which you want t he replies to be sent. SMTP user name â Enter the name that you wa nt to use f or outgoing mail. SMTP password â Enter the pas sword that you want to use for outgoing mail. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 41 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 42 Display terminal window â Select Ye s to perform manual user authentication for intranet connections. Incoming server type â Select POP3 or IM AP4 , depending on the type of e-mail system that you use. If both t ypes are supported, select IMAP4 . Incoming mail settings â Select available options for POP3 or IMAP4. Font s ize and smil eys Select Menu > Mes saging > Message settings > Other settings . To change the font size for reading and writing messages, select Font size . To replace character-base d smileys with graphical ones, se lect Graphical smileys > Ye s . â Mes sag e coun ter Select Menu > Mes saging > Message co unter for approximat e information on your r ecent communicat ions. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 42 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Cont act s 43 7. Contacts You can s ave names and phone numbers ( Contacts ) in the phone memory a nd in the SIM c ard memory. The phone memory may save contacts with numbers and text items. You can also s ave an image for a cer tain number of na mes. Names and numbe rs saved in the SIM card memory are indic ated by . â Search for a c ont act Select Menu > Contacts > Names . Scroll through the list of contacts, or enter the first letter of the na me for which you are searching. â Sa ve nam es an d phon e num bers Names and numbe rs are saved in the us ed memory. Selec t Menu > Contacts > Names > Options > A dd new contact . Enter th e nam e and the phone number. â Sa ve nu mbe rs, item s, or an i mage In the phone memory for contacts, y ou can save diff erent types of phone numbers and short t ext items per name. The fir st number you sa ve is automat ically set a s the d efault number. It is indic ated with a frame around the number type indicator (for example, ). When yo u select a na me (for example, to make a call), the default number is us ed unless you s elect another number. 1. Ensure t hat the memory in use is Phone or Phone and SIM . See âÂÂSettings,â p. 47. 2. Scroll t o the name to which you want to add a new number or text item, and select Details > O ptions > Add detail . 3. To add a number, selec t Number and a number type. To add another detail, s elect a text type or an image from Gallery . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 43 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Co ntac ts 44 To search for an ID from t he server of your service provider if you have connected to the presence service, select Us er I D > Sea r ch . See âÂÂMy presence,â p. 45. If only one ID is f ound, it is aut omatica lly saved. Otherwise, t o save th e ID, select Options > Save . To ente r th e ID, select Enter ID manually . 4. Enter the number or text it em; to save it, se lect OK . 5. To return to the s tandby mode, select Back > Exit . â Copy contac ts Search for the contact you want to copy, and select Options > Copy . You can copy names and phone number s from the phone contact memory to the SIM car d memory, or vice vers a. The SIM ca rd memor y can save names with one phone number a ttached to the m. â Edit co nt act d etails 1. Search for the contact you want to edit , select De tai ls , and scroll to the desir ed name, number, t ext item, or image. 2. To edit a name , number, o r text item, or to change an image, s elect Options > Edit name , Edit number , Edit detail , or Change image . To change the number type, s croll to t he desired numbe r, and select Options > Change t ype . To set the selected number as the default number, select Se t as default . You cannot edit an ID when it is on the IM contacts or Subscribed names list. â Dele te con tac ts or co nt act de tai ls To delete all the cont acts and t he details at tached to them f rom the phone or SIM card memory, select Me nu > Contacts > Delete all contacts > From phone mem. or F rom SIM card . Confirm with the secur ity code. To delete a contact, search f or the desired contact, and select Options > Delete contact . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 44 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Cont act s 45 To dele te a number, text item, or an image at tached to the c ontact, search for the c ontact, and s elect Details . Scroll t o the de sired detail, and se lect Options > Delete > Delet e number , Delete detail , or De lete image . Deleting an image from contact s does not delete it from Galler y . â Busin ess c ards You can s end and receiv e a personâÂÂs contact inf ormation from a compatible dev ice that supports the vCard standard as a business car d. To s end a business card, search f or the cont act whose information you want to send, and select Details > O ptions > Send bus. card > Via multimedia , Via t ext message , or Via infrared . When you hav e rece ived a busin ess card, select Show > Save to sav e the business c ard in the phone memory. To discard t he business c ard, select Exit > Ye s . â My pre sen ce With t he presence s ervice (network servic e) you can s hare your pres ence status wit h other us ers with compat ible devices and access to the service . Presence s tatus includes y our availability, status mess age, and personal logo. Other user s who have acc ess to t he service and who request your information ar e able to se e your st atus. The reques ted information is shown in Subscribed names in t he viewer sâ Contacts menu. You c an personalize the information that you want to share with others and c ontrol who can see your status. Before you can use presence, you must subscribe to the service. To check the availability and costs, a nd to subscribe t o the service, contact your network operator or service provider, from whom you als o receive your unique ID, pas sword, and t he settings f or the se rvice. See âÂÂConfiguration,â p. 58. While you are connected to the presence service, you can use t he other functions of the phone; the prese nce service is active in the bac kground. If you dis connect from t he service, your pres ence status is shown for a certain amount of time to viewers, depending on the s ervice provider. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 45 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Co ntac ts 46 Select Menu > Contacts > My pre sence and from the f ollowing options: Connect t o 'My prese nce' service or Disconne ct from service â to connect to or disconnect from t he service View my presenc e â to view th e statu s in Privat e pres. and Public presence Edit my pres ence â to cha nge your pres ence stat us. Select My availability , My presence mes sage , My presence logo , or Sho w to . My viewe rs > Curre nt viewers , Pr ivate list , or Blocked list Settings > Show current pres. in standby , Synchronise with profiles , Connection type , or Pr esenc e setti ngs â Subs cribed n ame s You can create a list of cont acts whose pres ence status informat ion you want to be aware of. You can view the infor mation if it is allowed by the contacts and the network. To vi ew these s ubscribed names, scroll through the contacts or use the Subscribed name s menu. Ensure that th e memory in us e is Phone or Phone and SIM . See âÂÂSettings, â page 47. To connect to the pr esence service, s elect Menu > Contacts > My presence > Connect to 'My prese nce' ser vice . Add conta cts to the subs cri bed n ame s 1. Select Menu > Contacts > Subsc ribed names . 2. If you hav e no c ontacts on your list, select Add . Otherwise, s elect Options > Subs cribe new . The list of y our contacts is shown. 3. Select a cont act from t he list, and if t he contact ha s an user ID s aved, the contact is added to the subscribed na mes list. View the s ubscrib ed names To view the presenc e information, se e âÂÂSearch for a contact ,â p. 43. 1. Select Menu > Contacts > Subsc ribed names . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 46 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Cont act s 47 The s tatus information o f the first contact on th e subscribed names list is displa yed. The information that the person wants to give to the others may include text and some of the following icons: , , or indicates t hat the per son is available , not vis ible to others, or not available. indicates that the personâÂÂs presence information is not available. 2. Select Det ails to view the de tails of th e selected contact; or select Options > Subscribe new , Chat , Se nd message , Send bus. card , or Unsub scribe . Unsubscribe a contact To unsubscribe a contact from the Contacts list, s elect the c ontact and Details > the us er ID > Options > Unsubscribe > OK . To unsubscribe, use t he Subsc ribed names menu. See âÂÂView the subscribed names,â p. 46. â Sett in gs Select Menu > Cont a ct s > Settings and from the following opt ions: Memory in use â to select SIM card or phone memory for yo ur contacts . Select Phone and SIM to recall names and number from both memories. In that c ase, when you save names and numbers, t hey are saved in the phone memory. Contacts view â to se lect how the names and numbers in contac ts are displaye d Memory status â to view the free and used memo ry capacity â Grou ps Select Menu > Cont a ct s > Groups to arrange the names and phone numbers saved in the memory into caller groups with dif ferent ringing tones and group images. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 47 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Co ntac ts 48 â V oice dia ling You can make a phone call by saying a voice t ag that has been added to a phone number. Any spoken wor ds, such as a name, can be a voice tag. The number of voice tags you can creat e is limited. Before us ing voice ta gs, note the following : ⢠Voi ce t ags ar e not la nguage -dep ende nt. They are depende nt o n the sp eake r's voice. ⢠You must say the name exactly a s you said it when you recorded it . ⢠Voi ce tag s are se nsitiv e to bac kground noise. R ecord voice tags an d use them in a quiet en vironmen t. ⢠Very short n ames are not ac cepted . Use long n ames and avo id similar n ames for different numbers. Note: Using voi ce tags may be difficul t in a noisy environmen t or during an emergency, so you should n ot rely solel y upon voice dialling in all circumstances. Add an d manag e voice tags Save or copy the cont acts to the phone memo ry for which y ou want to add a voic e tag. You can also add v oice tags to t he names in the SIM card, but if you replac e your SIM card with a new one, you must first delete the old voice tags befor e you can add new ones. 1. Search for the conta ct to which you want to a dd a voice t ag. 2. Select Details , scroll to the desired phone numbe r, and select Options > Add voi ce tag . 3. Select Start , and say clearly the words you want to reco rd as a voice tag. After recording, the phone plays t he recorded tag. appears behind the phone number with a voice t ag in Contacts . To check the voic e tags, se lect Menu > Con ta ct s > Voice tags . Scroll to the contact with the voice tag that you want, and select an option t o listen to, delete, or change the recorded voice tag. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 48 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Cont act s 49 Make a call with a voice tag If the phone has an application r unning that is sending or r eceiving data using a packet data connection, you must end the application before voice dialing. 1. In the standby mode, pres s and hold the volume dow n key. A short tone is heard, and Speak now is displayed. 2. Say t he voice t ag clearly. The phone plays th e recognized v oice tag, and dials the phone number of the voic e tag after 1.5 s econds. If you ar e using a compatible headset wit h the headset key, press and hold the headset key to start the voice dialing. â Spee d di al s To as sign a number to a speed-dialing k ey, sele ct Menu > Contacts > Speed dials , and scroll to the speed-dialing number that you want . Select Assi g n , or if a number has already be en assigned to the key , sel ect Options > Change . Select Sear ch , the name, then the number you want to assign. If the Speed dialling function is off, t he phone asks whether you want to activate it. See also Speed dialling in âÂÂCall,â p. 54. To mak e a call using t he speed-dia ling keys, see âÂÂSpeed dialing,â p. 20. â Info , s erv ic e, and my nu mbe rs Select Menu > Cont a ct s and from t he following functions: Info numbers â to call the informat ion numbers of your service provide r if the numbers are included on your SIM card (network service) Service number s â to call the service number s of your service provider if the numbers are included on your SIM card (n etwork service) My numbers â to view t he phone numbers assigned to your SIM ca rd, if the numbers are included on your SIM ca rd RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 49 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Log 50 8. Log The phone regis ters the phone numbers of identified missed, received , and d ialed calls; a nd the approximate le ngth of your calls. Se lect Menu > Log . The phone regis ters if it is switched on a nd within th e network service area, and t he network supports these functions. â Rece nt call s lis ts When you selec t Options in the Missed calls , Received c alls , Dialled numbers , or Message recipients menu, you can view the time of the call; edit, view, or call the registered phone number ; add it to the memory; or delete it from the li st. You can also s end a text message. To dele te the recent calls lists, select Menu > Log > Clear log lists . â Coun ter s an d ti mer s Note: The actual invoice for calls and se rvices from your service provider may vary, depending upon ne twork features, rounding off for billing , taxes, a nd so forth. Some timers , including the life timer, ma y be reset durin g service or software upgrad es. Select Menu > Lo g > Call duration , Packet data counter , or Packet data conn. timer for approximate information on your recent communications. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 50 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Settings 51 9. Setti ng s â Prof iles Your phone has various sett ing groups, called profiles, for w hich you can customize the phone tones for different ev ents and envir onments. Select Menu > Settings > Pr ofiles . Sc roll to a prof ile, and se lect it. To ac tivate the selected pr ofile, selec t Ac tiv ate . To set the profile to be active until a cert ain time up to 24 hours, select Timed , and set the time the pr ofile setting sh all end. When t he time set for the pr ofile expir es, the previous profile that was not time d becomes act ive. To personaliz e the profile, select P ersonalise . Select the sett ing you want to c hange, an d make the changes. T o cha nge your pr esence status informat ion, select My presence > My availability or My presence message . The My pr esence menu is available if y ou set Synchronise with profiles to On . See âÂÂMy presenc e,â p. 45. â Th em es A theme cont ains many e lements for pers onalizing your phone, such a s wallpaper, s creen save r, color scheme, and a r inging tone. Select Menu > Settings > Themes and from the following options: Select theme â to set a theme in your phone. A list of f olders in G allery opens. Open the Theme s folder, and se lect a theme. Theme downloads â to open a list of links to download more themes. See âÂÂDownload files ,â p. 85. â Tones You can c hange the s ettings of the s elected active p rofile. Select Menu > Settings > T ones . Select and change Incoming call aler t , Ringing tone , Ringing volume , Vibrating alert , Push to talk settings , Message alert tone , Instant message alert tone , Keypad t ones , a nd RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 51 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Settings 52 Warning t ones . You can find the same settings in the Profiles menu. See âÂÂProfiles,â p. 51. If you s ele ct th e h ig he st r in g in g to n e le ve l, th e ring in g t on e rea ch es it s h ig he st level aft er a few sec onds. To set the phone to ring only for calls from phone numbers that be long to a selec ted caller gr oup, select Alert for . Scroll to t he caller group you want or All c alls , and select Mark . â Lig hts Select Menu > Settings > Lights > Light effects > On to ac tiv ate t he light effect s of the phone, for ex ample, as a r eminder for missed c alls. â My shor tcu ts With personal shortcuts, you get quick access to often used functions of the phone. To manage the s hortcuts, se lect Menu > Settings > My shortcuts and from the following opt ions: Right selection key â to select a function from the list f or the right selection ke y. See als o âÂÂStandby mode ,â p. 17. This menu ma y not be shown, depe nding on your service provider. Navigation key â to select shortcut funct ions for the navigation ke y. Scroll to th e desired na vigation key , select Change and a function f rom the list. To remove a shortcut function from the key, select (empty) . T o reassign a function for the key, select Assig n . This menu may not be shown, depe nding on your service provider. V oice commands â to ac tivate phone funct ions by s aying a voic e tag. Select a folder, scroll to a f unction to which you want to add a voice tag, and select Add . indicates a voice tag. To a ctivate a voice command, see âÂÂMa ke a call with a voice t ag,â p. 49. â Disp lay Select Menu > Settings > D isplay and from the f ollowing options: Wallpaper â to add t he background image to the display in the s tandby mode. To a ctivate or deac tivate the wallpaper, se lect On or Off . Select RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 52 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Settings 53 Select wallpaper to select an image from the Gallery or Select slide set and a folder in the G allery t o use the images in the folder as a slide set . To downloa d more images fo r wallpaper , select Gr aphic downloads . Screen s aver > On â to activate the screen saver for the main display. To set the time a fter w hich th e scr een sav er is ac tivat ed, s elect Time-out . To selec t a graphic for the sc reen saver, select Image and an image or a graphic from the Gallery . Select Slide set and a folder in th e Galler y to use the images in t he folder as a slide set. T o download mor e images for the screen sav er, select Graphic downloads . Powe r s av e r > On â t o save s ome battery pow er. A digital c lock is displaye d when no funct ion of the phone is used for a certain t ime. Colour schemes â to change the color of the menu background and the signal a nd battery bar s Standby mode font colour â to s elect the color f or the te xts on the display in the standby mode Operator logo â to set your phone to displ ay or hide the operator logo. The menu is dimmed if y ou have not saved the operat or logo. For more information on a vailability of an operator logo, contact your network opera tor or service provider. â Tim e and da te To cha nge the t ime, time zone, and date s ettings, select Menu > Settings > T ime and date > Clock , Date , or Auto-update of dat e & time (network s ervi ce). When traveli ng t o a different time zone, select Men u > Set tings > T ime and date > Clock > Time zone and the time zone of your location in terms of the time difference with respect to Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) or Univers al Time Coordinated (UTC). The time and date are set according to the t ime zone and enable your phone to display t he correct sending time of receive d text or multimedia messa ges. For exa mple, GMT -5 denot es the time z one for New York (U SA), 5 hours west of Greenwic h/London (UK). RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 53 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Settings 54 â Call Select Menu > Settings > Call and from the following options: Automatic volume control â to set the phone to automatically adjust the output volume according t o the background nois e Call divert (network s ervice) â t o divert your incoming calls. You may not be a ble to divert y our call, if some call barring functions ar e active. See Call barring service in â Security,â p. 59. Anykey answer > On â to answer an incoming call, briefly press any key, except the end key a nd the lef t and right s election ke ys. Automatic redial > On â to set y our phone to mak e a maximum of 10 attempts to connect the call af ter an unsuccessful call attempt Speed dialling > On â to activate s peed dialling. To s et up speed dialling, see âÂÂSpeed di als,â p. 49. To dial, pres s and hold the c orresponding number ke y. Call waiting > Activ ate â to s et the network to notify you of an incoming call w hile you have a ca ll in progress (net work service ). See âÂÂCall waiting,â p. 21. Summary after call > On â to briefly display th e approximate duration and cost (networ k service) of the call after each c all Send my caller ID (network serv ice) > Set by netw ork , Ye s , or No Line for outgoing calls (network servic e) â to se lect the phone line 1 or 2 to make calls, if su pported by yo ur SIM card â Phon e Select Menu > Settings > Phone and from the f ollowing options: Phone language â to s et the display a nd writing language Memory status â to vie w the fr ee memory and t he used me mory in Gallery , Messaging , and Applications Automatic keyguard â to set the keypad of your phone t o lock automatically aft er a preset time de lay when the phone is in the standby mode and no funct ion of the phone has been us ed. Select On , and set the time from 5 seconds to 60 minutes. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 54 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Settings 55 Secur ity keyguard â to set the phon e to ask for the secu rity code whe n you unlock the key guard. Enter t he security code, and select On . When the keyguard is on, calls stil l may be possible to the official eme rgency number progr ammed into your d evice. Cell info display > On â to r eceive informa tion from the network operator depe nding on the ne twork cell used (network service) Welcome note â to enter a welcome note t o be show n briefly whe n the phone is switched on Operator selection > Aut omatic â to set the phone automatica lly to select one of the c ellular networks available in y our area. W ith Manual , you can select a network that has a roaming agreement with your home network operato r. Confirm SIM service actions â See âÂÂSIM services ,â p. 90. Help text activation â to se lect whether the phone shows help te xts Start-up tone â to select whether the phone plays a start-up tone when the phone is switched on â Conne ctivi ty You can c onnect your phone to compatible devices us ing an infrared connection. You can also define the settings for packet data di al-up connections. Infrared You can s end or receive data to or from a compatible phone or data device (for example, a computer) through the infrared (IR) port of your phone. To use an IR connect ion, the device with which you want to establish a conne ction must be IrDA compliant. Do not point the IR (infrared ) beam at anyone's e yes or allow it to in terfere with other IR devices. Infrare d devices are Class 1 laser products. When sending or r eceiving data, ensure that the IR ports of the sending and r eceiving devices are pointing at each other and that t here are no obstruc tions between the devices. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 55 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Settings 56 To activat e the IR port of your phone t o receive dat a using IR, selec t Menu > Settings > Connec tivity > Infrared . To deactivate the IR connection, select Men u > Setting s > Connectivity > Infrared . When the phone displays Deactivate inf rared? , sel ect Ye s . If data tr ansfer is not star ted within 2 minutes after the activation of the IR port, t he connect ion is cance led and must be s tarted again. IR c on nec ti on i ndi ca tor When is shown continuously, the IR conne ction is act ivated, and your phone is ready to s end or receive data through its IR port. When blinks , your phone is trying to c onnect to the other device, or a connection has been lost. Pac ket data (E GPRS ) Enhanced general pa cket r adio service (EG PRS), packet data, is a network s ervice that allows mobile phones to send a nd receive data over an Internet pr otocol (IP)-based network. It enables wireless acces s to data n etwo rks su ch as the I ntern et. The applications that may us e packet data are MMS, browsing ses sions, e-mail, remote Sy ncML, Java application downloading, pus h to talk, instant messaging, and the PC dial-up. To define how to use t he service, select Menu > Settings > Connectivity > P a cket data > Packet data connection . Select W hen needed to set the packet data connection to be established when an application needs it . The connection will be closed when the application is ended. Select Always online to set the phone to aut omatically connect to a n packet dat a network w hen it is sw itched on. indicates a packet data connection. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 56 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Settings 57 Mo dem se tti ng s You can c onnect the phone using an IR or a data cable (CA-42) connection t o a compatible PC, and use the phone as a modem to enable packet data connect ivity fr om the PC. To define the sett ings for connections fr om the PC, select Me nu > Settings > Connec tivity > Packet data > P acket data settings > Ac tiv e acces s point , activate the ac cess point y ou want to us e, and sele ct Edit active acc ess point . Select Alias fo r access point , and ent er a nickname for t he currentl y selected access point. Select Packet data access point , and ent er the access point name (APN) t o establish a connection to a n EGPRS network. You can als o set the dial-up service settings (access point name) on your PC using the Nokia Modem Options software. See â Nokia PC Sui te,â p. 91. If you have se t the settings both on the PC and on your phone, the PC settings are us ed. â Enha nce ments This menu is shown only if the phone is or has been connected to a compatible mobile enhanceme nt. Select Menu > Settings > Enhancements . You can select an enhancement menu if the corresponding enhancement is, or has been, connected t o the phone . Depending on the enhancement, sele ct from the following options: Default profile â to s elect the profile that y ou want to be automatically acti vated when you c onnect t o the select ed enhancement Automatic answer â to s et the phone to answer an incoming call automatically after 5 s econds. If Incoming call alert is se t to Beep once or Of f , aut omatic answer is off. Lights â to set the lights permanently On . Select Automatic t o set th e lights on fo r 15 second s after a key pres s. Text phone > Use text phone > Ye s â to use the t ext phone set tings instead of headset or loops et settings RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 57 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Settings 58 â Con figura tion You can configure your phone with settings that are required for certain services to function correctly. T he services are browser, multimedia messaging, remote Internet server synchronization, presence, and e-mail application. Get the settings from your SIM card, from a service provider as a configuration message, or ent er your personal settings manually. You c an store configuration s ettings from up to 20 s ervice providers in t he phone and manage them within t his menu. To save t he configuration se ttings receive d by a conf iguration message from a ser vice provider, s ee âÂÂConfiguration set tings service ,â p. 10. Select Menu > Settings > Conf iguration and from the following options: Default configuration settings â to vie w the s ervice pro viders save d in the phone. Scroll to a service provider , and s elect D etails to view the applications t hat the configur ation settings of this service provid er support. To s et the configur ation settings of the service pr ovider as default s ettings, select Options > Set as default . To dele te configuration settings, se lect Delete . Activate default in all applications â to act ivate the de fault configuration settings for supported applications Preferred access point â t o view th e saved acces s points. Sc roll to an access point , and select Options > Details to view the name of the service provi der, data bear er, and pac ket data ac cess point or GSM dial-up number. Connect to service pr ovider support â to download the configur ation settings from your s ervice provide r P ersonal configuration settings â to add new personal accounts for various se rvices manually, and to activ ate or delete them. To add a new personal account if you have not added any, select Add new ; otherwise, sel ect Options > Add new . Select the service t ype, and selec t and enter each of t he required paramet ers. The parameters differ according to the selected s ervice ty pe. To delete or act ivate a per sonal account, s croll to it, and select Options > Delete or Ac tiva te . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 58 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Settings 59 â Secu rity When security feature s that restrict calls are in use ( such as call barring, close d use r gro up and fi xed di alin g) cal ls st ill m ay be possi ble t o the off icial emer gency number progr ammed into your d evice. Select Menu > Settings > Security and from the following options: PIN code request â to set the phone to ask f or your PIN or UPIN code every t ime the phone is switched on. Some SIM cards do not allow t he code reques t to be t urned off. Call barring service (network service) â to restrict incoming calls to and outgoing calls from your phone. A barring password is required. Fixed dialling â to res trict your outgoing calls t o selected phone numbers if this function is supported by y our SIM card Closed user group (net work service) â to specify a group of people whom you can call and who can call you Securi ty level > Phone â the phone asks for t he securi ty code whe never a new SIM card is inserted into the phone. Select Memory , and the phone as ks for the security code whe n SIM card me mory is select ed and you want t o change t he memory in us e. Access code s â to change the secur ity code, PIN code, UPIN code, PIN2 code, a nd barring passwor d Code in us e â t o select w hether the PIN code or UP IN code is ac tive Pin2 code request â to s elect w hether the PIN2 code is requir ed when using a phone feature t hat is covered by the PIN 2 code â Rest ore fa ctory se ttin gs To res et some of the menu settings to their original v alues, select Menu > Settings > Restore factory sett . . Enter t he securit y code. T he data you hav e entered or dow nloaded a re not deleted, fo r example, t he names and phone numbers saved in Contacts . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 59 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Operator menu 60 10 . O p e r a t o r m e n u This menu lets you acce ss a port al to ser vices provided by your net work operator. The name and t he icon depend on t he operator. For more information, contact your network operator. If this menu is not shown, the following me nu numbers change a ccordingly. The operator can update this menu with a service message. For more information, see âÂÂS ervice inbox,â p. 85. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 60 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Gal le r y 61 1 1. G allery In this menu you can manage gr aphics, images, recordings, video c lips, themes, and tones. Thes e files are a rranged in f olders. Your phone supports an activation key system to prot ect acquired conte nt. Alw ays chec k the deli very ter ms of any conte nt and act ivation key before acquir ing them, as they may be subject to a fee . Co pyright protec tions m ay prev ent som e images, music (inc luding r inging t ones) , and other con tent from being copied, mod ified, transferred or forwarde d. The files stored in Gallery use a memory th at may have a capacity of about 3 MB. To s ee the list of folders, select Me nu > Galler y . To s ee the available options of a folder, se lect a folder and Options . To vie w the list of files in a f older, sele ct a folder and Op en . To s ee the available options of a file, s elect a f ile and Options . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 61 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Media 62 12. Media Copyr ight protectio ns may prevent some ima ges, music (in cluding ringi ng tones), and other content from being copied, modified, transferred or forwarded. â Camera You can take photos or recor d video cl ips with the built-in camera. The camera prod uces pictures in JPEG format and v ideo clips in 3GP format. Whe n tak ing a nd u sing image s or v ideo c lips, obe y al l laws an d resp ect l ocal custo ms as w ell a s pri vacy a nd legi timat e rig hts of others , in cludi ng copy rights. This de vice supp orts an i mage capture resoluti on of 640 x 480 p ixels. Th e image resolution in these materials may appear different. Take a pho to To take a phot o, select Menu > Media > Camera > Capture . The phone saves the photo in Gallery > Images . T o take another photo, select Back ; to send t he photo as a mult imedia message, select Send . To vie w the options, select Options . Record a video clip Select Menu > Media > Camera . To select th e video mode, scroll left or right, or select O ptions > Video ; to s tart the recording, s elect Record . To pause the r ecording, sele ct Pa u s e ; to resume the recording, select Continue . To s top the recor ding, select Stop . The phone saves the recording in Gallery > Vide o clips . To view t he options, select Options . â Radio The F M rad io de pend s on a n ant enna othe r than the wirele ss dev ice antenna . A compati ble heads et or enha ncemen t needs to be a ttached to the devic e for th e FM ra dio to functi on prop erly. Warn ing : Lis te n t o mu sic at a m od er a te lev e l. C on tin u ous e xp os ur e to high volume ma y damage your hea ring. Do not hold the device n ear your ear when the loudsp eaker is in use, becau se the volume ma y be ex tre m ely lo ud. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 62 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Media 63 Select Menu > Media > R adio . To us e the graphical keys , , , or on t he display, scroll left or right to the de sired key, and select it . To cha nge the volume , press t he volume k eys. Save radio s tati ons 1. To s tart the station s earch, select and hold or . To change the radio frequency i n 0.05 MHz steps, br iefly pr ess or . 2. To s ave the st ation to a memory location, 1 to 9, pres s and hold t he corresponding number key. To save the station in the memory locat ion from 10 to 20, pres s briefly 1 or 2 , and press and hold the desired numbe r key, 0 to 9 . 3. Enter th e name of t he station, and select OK . Li st en t o th e r adio Select Menu > Media > Radi o . To s croll to the desired station, select or or press the headset ke y. To selec t a radio stat ion location, briefly press the corresponding number keys. Select Options and f rom the following options: Switch off â to turn off t he radio Save s tation â to save a new station, and enter the s tation name Stations â t o select t he list of saved sta tions. To delete or rename a station, scroll to the desired station, and select Options > Delete station or Rename . Mono output or Stereo output â to listen to the radio in monophonic sound or in stereo Loudspeaker or Headset â t o listen to t he radio using the loudspea ker or headset. Keep the hea dset connecte d to the phone. The lead of the headset functions as the radio antenna. Set frequency â to enter the f requency of the desired radio station You can normally make a c all or answer an incoming call while listening to the radio. During the call, the volume of the radio is muted. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 63 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Media 64 When an a pplication using a pac ket data or H SCSD connection i s sending or receiv ing data, i t may interfere with the radio. â Reco rde r You can record pieces of speech, sound, or a n active call for up to 5 minutes. The a ctual recor ding time depends on the ava ilable memory spa ce. The recorder cann ot be used when a data call or pack et data connection is active. Record s ound 1. Select Menu > Media > Recorde r . To use the graphica l keys, , , or , on the display, scroll lef t or right to the des ired key, and select it. 2. To start the r ecording, sel ect . To start the rec ording during a call, sel ect Options > Record . While re cording a call, all parties to the call hear a fa int beeping sound about every 5 s econds. When rec ording a call, hold th e phone in the nor mal position near t o your ear . 3. To end the recording, select . The recording is saved in Gallery > Recordings . 4. To listen to t he latest recording, select Options > Play last recorded . 5. To send the last recording using a multimedia or audio message or IR, sel ect Options > Send last recorded . List o f rec ord ings Select Menu > Media > Recorder > Options > Rec ordings list . The list of folders in the Gallery is show n. Open Recordings to se e the l ist wi th recordings. Selec t Opt ions to select options f or files in the Gal le ry . See âÂÂGallery,â p. 61. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 64 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Organizer 65 13. Organiz er â Alar m cl ock You can s et the phone to alarm at a desired time. Select Men u > Organiser > Alarm clock . To set t he a la rm, sel ect Alarm time , and enter the alar m time. To change the alarm time when the alarm time is set, select On . To se t the ph one to aler t you on selec ted days of the we ek, selec t Repeat alar m . To s elect the al arm tone or set a r adio station as t he alarm t one, select Alarm tone . If you se lect the radio as an alarm tone, connect the headset to the phone. Th e phone uses t he last stat ion you listened t o as th e alarm, and t he alar m plays thro ugh the loudspeaker. If you remove the headset or s witch off t he phone, t he default alarm t one replaces the radio. To s et a snooze time-out, sel ect Snooze t ime-out . Stop t he ala rm The phone sounds an alert tone, and flashes A larm! and the current time on the display, even if the phone was switched of f. To stop t he alarm, sel ect Stop . If you let the phone continue to s ound the alarm for a minute or select Snooz e , the alarm s tops for t he selected s nooze time-out and then resumes. If the alarm tim e is reached while th e device is switch ed off , the device switc h es itsel f on and sta rts soun ding th e al arm to ne. If yo u sele ct Stop , the device asks whether you want to activat e the device for calls. S elect No t o switch off the dev ice or Ye s to make and receiv e calls. D o not select Yes wh en wire less ph one use ma y cause in terference or d anger. â Calendar Select Menu > Organiser > Calendar . The curr ent day is indicat ed by a frame . If there are any notes set f or the day, t he day is in bold type. To vi ew the day not es, select View . To view a RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 65 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Organizer 66 week, s elect Options > Week view . To de lete all notes in t he calendar, select t he month or we ek v iew, and se lect Options > Delete all notes . Other options for the day view may be Make a note , Del ete , Edit , Mo ve , or Repeat a note; Copy a note t o another day; and Send note as a text message or multimedia message, with IR, or to t he calendar of another compatible phone. In Settings you can set the date and t ime settings. In Auto-delet e notes you can se t the phone t o delete old not es automatically after a specified time. Make a calendar note Select Menu > Organise r > Calendar . Scroll to the dat e you want, and sel ect Options > Make a note and one of the following not e types: Meeting , Call , Birthday , Memo , or Reminder . Note alarm The phone dis plays the not e, and if s et, sounds a tone. With a call note on the display, to c all the displayed number, press t he call ke y. To stop the alarm and to v iew the note, select View . To stop the alarm for about 10 minutes, select Snooze . To stop the alarm without viewing the note, select Exit . â To-do list To save not es for t as ks th at y ou mus t do , s elect Menu > Organiser > To- do list . To creat e a note if no note is added, select Add note ; otherwise , select Options > Ad d . Write t he note, and select Save . Select the pr iority, the deadline, and the alarm t ype for the not e. To view a note, scr oll to it, and select View . You can also select an o ption to delet e the select ed note and delet e all the notes that y ou have marked a s done. You can sort th e notes by priority or deadline; send a note t o another phone using a text message, multimedia messa ge, or infrared; s ave a not e as a calendar note; or access t he calendar. While viewing a note , you can also sele ct an option to edit th e deadline or pr iority for the note or mark the note as done. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 66 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Organizer 67 â Not es To use t his application f or writing and s ending notes, select Menu > Organiser > Not es . T o create a not e if no note is ad ded, sele ct Add note ; otherwise, s elect Options > Make a n ot e . Write a note, and select Save . Other opt ions for notes include deleting and e diting a note. W hile editing a not e, you can also exit the text edit or without saving the changes. You c an send the not e to compa tible devices using a text message, a multimedia message , or IR. â Sync hro niz atio n Synchronization allow s you to sa ve your calendar and Contacts data on a remote Internet server (network service) or on a compatible PC. If you have s aved data on t he remote Int ernet serv er, to synchr onize your phone, start the synchronization f rom your phone . To synchroni ze the data in the phone contacts, calendar, and notes t o correspond with the data of your compatible PC, start th e synchronization from t he PC. The contact data in your SIM card is not sy nchronized. Answering an incoming call during s ynchronization ends t he synchronization, and you must res tart it. Server synchroniza tion Before synchronizi ng from your phone, you must do the following: ⢠Subscribe to a synchr onization service. For details , contact y our service provider. ⢠Retrieve t he synchronization sett ings from your service provider. See âÂÂSynchronization s ettings,â p. 68. To start the synchronization f rom your phone, do the following: 1. Select t he configurat ion settings you ne ed for the sy nchronization. See âÂÂSynchronization s ettings,â p. 68. 2. Select Menu > Organiser > Sync > Server sync > Data to be synchronised . Mark the data to be synchronize d. 3. Select Menu > Organiser > Sync > Server sync > Synchronise . T he marked dat a of the active set is synchronized a fter confirmation. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 67 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Organizer 68 Synchronizing for the fir st time or after an int errupted synchronization may take up to 30 minute s to complete, if the contac ts or calendar ar e full. Sync hron ization set tings You may receive the configurati on settings required for synchronization as a c onfiguration message from the service pr ovider. To manage the configuration settings, see âÂÂConfiguration,â p. 58. 1. Select Menu > Organise r > Sync > Server sync > Sync settings and from the following opt ions: Configuration â Only t he configurations th at support the synchronization ar e shown. Select a servic e provider, Default , or P ersonal config. for s ynchronization. Account â Select a synchronization service account contained in the active configuration settings. 2. Select PC sy nc settings to ent er the sett ings for se rver a lerte d synchronization. Set the User name and Pa ss w o r d . The user na me and passwor d must be the sa me in the phone and in the PC . Sync hron ize f rom a c ompati ble PC To synchronize Contacts , Calendar , and Notes from a compatible PC, us e an IR or data cable connection. You also need Nokia PC Suit e software of your phone installed on the PC. Start the synchronization from the PC using Nokia PC Suite. â Calcul ator The calcula tor in your phone a dds, subtra cts, multiplies, div ides, calculate s the square and the square root, and conver ts currency values . No te: Th is calcu lator has limi ted accuracy and is design ed for simp le calculations . Select Menu > Organise r > Calculator . When 0 is dis played on t he screen, enter t he first number in the calc ulation. Press # for a de cimal RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 68 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Organizer 69 point. Select Options > Ad d , Subtract , Multiply , D ivide , Square , Square root , or Change sign . Enter the second number, if ne eded. Fo r a total, sel ect Equals . Repeat this s equence as many times as it is neces sary. To start a new calculation, select and hold Clear . To perf orm a cu rrency conver sion, select Men u > Organ iser > Calculator . To save the exchange rate, select Options > Exchange r ate . Select either of the display ed options. Enter the exchange rate, press the # key for a decimal point, and select OK . The exchange rate r emains in the memory until you replace it wit h another one. To perform t he currenc y conversion, enter t he amount to be converte d, and s elect Options > In domestic or In for eign . â Stop wa tch To meas ure time, tak e intermediate t imes, or t ake lap times, use the stopwat ch. During timing, the other functions of the phone can be used. To s et the stopwatch timing in t he background, pr ess the end key. Using the st opwatch or al lowing it to run in t he b ackground when using othe r features increases the dema nd on battery power and reduces the battery life. Select Menu > Organiser > Stopwatch and from the f ollowing options: Split timing â to t ake intermediate t imes. To start the t ime observat ion, sel ect Start . Selec t Split eve ry tim e that y ou wan t to take an intermediat e time. To stop the time observation, select Stop . To save th e measured t ime, sel ect Save . To start the time observation again, select Options > Sta rt . The new time is added t o the previous time. To reset the time without saving it, select Re set . To set the s topwatch timi ng in the backgr ound, press the end key. Lap timing â t o take lap times. To set the stopwatch timing in the backgr ound, press the end key. Continue â to view t he timing that you have set in the backgr ound Show last â to view the mos t recently mea sured time if t he stopwatch is not reset View times or D elete time s â to view or delete the save d times RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 69 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Organizer 70 â Coun tdo wn time r Select Menu > Organise r > T imer . Enter the alarm time in hours, minutes, and s econds, and selec t OK . If y ou wish, write y our own note text t hat is displaye d when the time expires. T o start the countdown timer, s elect Start . To change t he countdown time, select Change time . To stop t he timer, s elect St op timer . If the alarm t ime is reac hed when t he phone is in the standby mode, the phone sounds a t one and fl ashes the note text if it is set or Countdown time up . To s top the alar m, press a ny key. If no key is press ed, the a larm automatically stops within 60 se conds. To stop t he alarm and to delete th e no te tex t, s ele ct Exit . To restart the count down timer, select Restart . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 70 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Applications 71 14. Applicat ions â Games Your phone software includes some games . To launc h a game, s elect Menu > Applications > Games . Scroll to t he desired ga me, and sele ct Open . For options related to a game, see â Other application options,â p. 71. Gam e d ownlo ads Important: Only instal l and use app lication s and othe r software fr om sources that offer adequate se curity and protection against harmful software. Select Menu > Applications > Options > Downloads > Game downloads . The list of available bookmarks is shown. Select More bookmar ks to access the lis t of bookmarks in the Web menu. See âÂÂBookmarks,â p. 84. Gam e s etti ngs To s et sounds, lights, and s hakes for games and applications, sel ect Menu > Applications > Options > App. settings . â Co llect ion Your phone s oftware includes some J ava applica tions specially designed for th is Nokia phone. To launc h an applicatio n, select Menu > Applications > Collection . Scroll t o an applicat ion, and select Open . Othe r ap plicat ion optio ns Delete â to delete the application or application set f rom the phone Details â t o view a dditional information about t he applicat ion RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 71 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Applicat ions 72 Update version â to check if a new ve rsion of the application is available for download from Web (net work s ervi ce) App. access â to restrict the application f rom acces sing the network. Different cat egories are shown. Select in each cate gory, if available, one of the following permissions: Ask every time to s et the phone to a lway s ask for network ac cess, A sk fir st time only to set the phon e to ask for network ac cess only on t he first a ttempt, Always allowed to allow the network ac cess, or Not allowed to not allow the network access. Web page â t o provide furt her information or additional data for the application from a n Internet pa ge. This feature mus t be su pported by the network. It is only show n if an Internet address has been provided with the applic ation. Downlo ad an appli cati on Your phone supports J 2ME TM Java applications. Ensure that the application is c ompatible with y our phone before downlo ading it. Import ant: Only install and us e applications and other software from sources that offer adequate security and p rotection against harmful software. You can download new Java applications in diff erent ways. Select Menu > Applicat ions > Options > D ownloads > App. downloads . The list of a vailable bookmar ks is shown. Select More bookmarks to access t he list of bookmar ks in the We b menu. Se lect the appropr iate bookmark to connect to t he desired pa ge. Fo r the availabi lity of different service s, pricing, and tariffs, contact your s ervice provider . Select Menu > We b > Downloads . Download an appr opriate application or game. See âÂÂD ownload files,â p. 85. Use the game download funct ion. See âÂÂG ame downloads,â p. 71. Use the Nokia Application Ins taller in PC Suite to dow nload the applications to your phone. Your device may have s ome bookmarks load ed for sites not affilia ted with Nokia . Nokia does not wa rrant or endorse the se sites. If you choo se to access them, you shoul d ta ke th e sam e pre cauti ons, for se curi ty or c ontent , as you w ould with an y In terne t s ite . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 72 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Push to tal k 73 15. Push to talk Push to t alk (PTT) ov er cellular is a two-way r adio service available over a GSM/GPRS cellular network (network s ervice). PTT provides direct voice communication. To connect, pres s and hold th e volume up (PTT) key. You can us e PTT to ha ve a conver sation with one person or with a group of people having compatible devices. When your call is connected, the person or gr oup you are c alling does not hav e to answer t he phone. The participants should confirm the reception of any communications wher e appropriate, as there is no ot her confirmation whether the recipients have heard the call. To che ck availabilit y and cos ts, and to subscribe to t he service , contact your service provider. Roaming services may be more limited than for normal calls. Before y ou can use the PTT service, y ou must define the required PT T service settings. See â PTT settings ,â p. 80. While you are connected to the PTT service, you can us e the other functions of the phone. The PTT over cellular service is not connec ted t o traditional voic e communi cation, and theref ore many of the services available for traditional voice calls (for example, voice mailbox) are not available for PTT over cellular communications. â Push to ta lk me nu Select Menu > Push to talk . To connect to or disconnec t from the PTT service, select Switch PTT on or Switch PTT off . To vie w the rece ived c allback requests , select Callback inbox . To vie w the list of PTT channels , select Channel list . To vie w the list of contacts to which y ou have added the PTT addr ess received from the service provider, select C ontacts list . To add a new PT T channel to the phone, select A dd channel . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 73 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Pus h to ta lk 74 To set the PT T settings f or use, select PT T settings . To set th e required settings for th e PTT conne ction, select Config. settings . To open th e browser and t o connect t o the PTT net work portal pr ovided by the service provider, select We b . â Conne ct to and discon nect PT T To connect to the PT T service , select Menu > Push to talk > Switch PT T on . indicates the PTT connection. indicates t hat the service is temporarily unava ilable. The phone automatically t ries to reconnect to the service until you dis connect from t he PTT ser vice. If you ha ve add ed channels to t he phone, you are automati cally joined to the activ e ( Default or Listened ) channels, and the name of the de fault channel is displayed i n the standby mode. To disconnect from the PTT s ervice, select Switch PTT off . â Make a nd recei ve a PTT call Select Menu > Set t in gs > Tones > Push to talk settings to se t the ph one to use th e loudspeaker or he adset for PT T communication. Warn ing : Do not hol d the device nea r your ear when t he loudspe aker is in use, beca use the volu me may be extreme ly loud. When connec ted to the PTT service, you can make or receiv e dial-out calls, c hannel calls, or one-to-one calls . One-to-one calls are c alls you make to only one person. Make a dial-o ut PTT call For a dial-out PTT call you can selec t multiple PTT contacts from th e contact list. The recipients get an incoming call and need to acce pt the call in order to part icipate. A dial-out call creat es a temporar y channel, and the participants join this channel only f or the durat ion of the ca ll. After the call, t he temporary dial-out channe l is deleted. Select Menu > Pus h to talk > Contacts list , and mark the des ired contacts for the dial-out call. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 74 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Push to tal k 75 The ic on behind the contact in the list denotes current login s tatus: , , or indicate that the person is available, unav ailable, or unknown; indicates that t he login status is not avail able. The login status is only available for subs cribed contacts . To change the subscribe d contacts, se lect Options and fr om the available c ontact list options Subscrib e contact or U nsubscr . contact ; or if one or more contacts are alre ady marked, Subs cribe marked or Unsubscr . mark ed . Press and hold the volume up (PTT) key briefly to start the dial-out call. The marke d contacts are calle d by the PTT service, a nd the joining contacts ar e shown on the display. Pres s and hold the volume up (PTT) key aga in to talk to the joine d contacts. Rele ase the volume up (PTT ) key to hear the response. Press the end key t o end the dial-out call. Make a channe l call To make a call to the def ault channel, pr ess and hold the volume up (PTT) key. A tone sounds, indicati ng t hat the access is granted, and the phone displays y our nickname and channel name. To mak e a call to a non-default channe l, select Channel list in the PT T menu, s croll to the des ired channel, and press and hold the volume up (PTT) key. Press and hold the volume up (PTT) key the ent ire time you are talking, and hold the phone in front of you so that you can see the display. When you have finished, release the volume up (PTT) key. T alking is allow ed on a first -come, first- served basis. When someone stops talking, the f irst person to press the volume up (PTT) k ey can talk next. Ma ke a o ne-to-on e cal l To s tart a one-to-one c all from t he list of cont acts to which you have added the PTT address, select Contacts list . Scroll to a contact, and press and hold t he volume up (PTT) key. You can also select the contact fr om Contacts . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 75 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Pus h to ta lk 76 To start a one-to-one call from t he list of PTT channels, select Channel list , and s croll to the des ired channel. Select O ptions > A ctive members , scroll to the desi red contact, and pres s and hold the volume up (PT T) key. To start a one-to-one call from t he list of callback requests you have received, s elect Callback inbox . Scroll to the desired nickname, and press and hold the volume up (PTT) key . Receive a P TT call A short tone notif ies you of a n incoming channel a nd one-to-one call. When receiv ing a channel c all, the channel name and the nic kname of the caller are display ed. When receiving a one -to-one call f rom a per son whose information you have s aved in Contacts , the s aved name is displayed if identified; otherwise, only the nickname of the caller is displayed. You can either accept or reject an incoming one-to-one c all if you have set the phone to first not ify you of the one-to-one calls . If you press and hold the volume up (PTT) key to t ry to respond to a channel while another member is t alk ing, you hear a queuing tone, and Que uin g is displa yed as long as you pres s the volume up (PTT) key. Press and hold t he volume up (PTT) key, and wait for t he other person to finish; then you can talk. â Callbac k reque sts If you make a one-to-one c all and do not get a response, you can send a request for t he person t o call you back. When someone s ends you a callback reques t, Callback reque st received is displayed in the standby mode. When y ou receiv e a callback request from someone who is not in your contacts list, you can save the name to your Contacts . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 76 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Push to tal k 77 Send a callback request You can s end a callba ck request in the following ways: ⢠To send a callback request from th e contacts lis t in the Pus h to talk menu, s elect Contacts list . Scroll to a contact, and select Options > Send callback . ⢠To s end a callback request from Contacts , search for the desired contact, select Details , scroll to the PT T address, and select Options > Send callback . ⢠To send a callback request from the channel list in the PTT menu, sel ect Channel list , and scroll to t he desired channel. Select Options > Act ive members , scroll t o the desir ed contact, and select Options > Send callback . ⢠To s end a callback request from t he callback request l ist in the Pus h to talk menu, select Callback inbox . Scroll to a contact, and selec t Options > Send callback . Respo nd to a callback request 1. To open the Callback inbox , s elect View . The list of nic knames of t he persons who have sent you callback requests is shown. 2. To mak e a one-to-one c all, press and hold the volume up (PTT) key. 3. To s end a call reques t back to the se nder, select Options > Send callback . To delete the request, select Delet e . Save the callback reque st sender 1. To open the Callback inbox , s elect View . The list of nic knames of t he persons who have sent you callback requests is shown. 2. To vie w the s ender's PTT address, s elect Options > View PTT address . To s ave a new contact or to add the PTT addr ess to a c ontact, select Options > Save as or Add to contact . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 77 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Pus h to ta lk 78 â Add a o ne-to -one c ontact You can save the names of persons to whom y ou often make one- to-one calls in the f ollowing ways: ⢠To add a PTT address t o a name in Contacts , search for t he desired co n ta ct , an d se lec t Options > Add detail > PTT addr ess . ⢠To add a contact to the PTT contact s list, selec t Menu > Push to talk > Contacts list > Options > Add contact . ⢠To add a contact f rom the channel list, connect to the PTT service, sel ect Channel list , and scroll to the desired c hannel. Sel ect Options > Active members . Scroll t o the membe r whose cont act information you want to save, and selec t Options . To add a new contact, selec t Sav e a s . To add a PTT address t o a name in Con t ac ts , sel ect Add to contact . â Crea te and set up c hanne ls When you ca ll a channel, all members joined to the channel hea r the call simultaneously. Each member in the channel is identif ied by a nickname, w hich is shown as a c aller identification. Channel members can choose a nickname for themselves in each channel. Channels are regis tered with a U RL address. One user regist ers the channel URL in the net work by joining the ch annel session the first time. There ar e three t ypes of PTT channels: ⢠Provisioned channe ls are clos ed channels that allow only s elected participants provis ioned by the s ervice provider to join. ⢠Ad hoc channels are c hannels that the us ers can cre ate. You can create y our own channel, and invite membe rs to the cha nnel. ⢠Ad hoc pro channels are c hannels you c an create from members in a provisioned channe l. For e xample, a busi ness can have a closed channel and s eparate channel s created for cer tain business functions. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 78 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Push to tal k 79 Add a c ha nn el Select Menu > Push to talk > Add channel . Select from t he following options: Guided â to add a new channel. To set the security level for the channel, sel ect Public channel or Private channel . If you select Pr ivate channel , the phone automatically creates a scrambled part to the channe l address that the members cannot view when they receive the invitation to the channel. Only the person who creates the privat e channel c an invite more members t o the cha nnel. Enter th e name for the channel. Select Default , Lis tened , or Inactive . The phone indicates that the channel is saved and its status. Default and Listene d are active cha nnels. When you press and hold the volume up (PT T) key to mak e a channel call, the default channel is called if y ou have not scrolled to any other channel or c ontact. To send an invitat ion to the channe l, select Ye s when th e phone requests it. You can se nd the invitat ion using a text message or IR. The membe rs you invit e to the public channels can als o invite more members to t he channel. Manual â to join an existing channel. Enter t he channel address. Select Default , L istened , or Inact ive . The phone indicates that the channel is save d and its status. Default and Listened are active ch annels. W hen you press and hold the volume up (PTT) key to make a channel call, the default channel is called if you have not scrolled to any other channel or con ta ct . Receive an invitation 1. When you receive a text mess age invitation to a channel, Channel invitation r eceived: is displayed. 2. To vie w the nickname of the per son who sent the invitation and the channel address if the channel is not a private channel, select Vie w . 3. To add the channel to your phone, select Save . To set th e st atus for the channel, select Default , L istened , or Inactive . To reject the invitation, select Exit > Ye s , or select Vie w > Dis card > Ye s . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 79 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Pus h to ta lk 80 â PTT s etti ngs There ar e two kinds of PT T settings: settings for connecting t o the service a nd settings for us e. You may receiv e the s ettings for connecting t o the service from your service provi der. See âÂÂConfigur ation settings service, â p. 10. You c an enter the s ettings manually. See âÂÂConfiguration ,â p. 58. To sele ct the se ttings for connect ing to the s ervice, select Menu > Pus h to talk > Config. s ettings and from t he following options: Configuration â to select a s ervice pr ovider, Default , or P e rsonal config. for PTT service. Only the configurations that s upport the PTT service are show n. Account â to select a PT T service acco unt contained in t he active configuration s ettings You can also se lect from t he following options: PTT user name , Defa ul t nickname , PTT password , Domain , and Server address To edit the PT T settings for use, select Menu > Push to talk > PTT settings and from the f ollowing: 1 to 1 calls > On â to s elect th e phone to allow the re ception of incoming one-to-one calls 1 to 1 calls > Off â to make but not receive one-to-one calls. The service provider may offer some services that ov erride these settings. To s et the phone to first not ify you of incoming one-to-one calls with a ringing tone, select Notify . Listened channels > On â t o activate the listened channels PTT status in startup > Ye s â to set the phone to automatically connect to the PTT service when you switch the phone on Send my PTT address > No â to hide your PTT address fr om channel and one-to-one calls RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 80 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Web 81 16. We b You can access various mobile Internet services with your phone browse r (network se rvice). Importan t: Use only services that you trust and tha t offer adequate security and protection against harmful software. Check th e availability of these s ervices, pric ing, tariffs, and i nstructions with your service pr ovider. With t he phone browser y ou can view the servic es that us e wireless markup language (WML) or extens ible hypertext markup language (XHTML) on t heir pages. Appearance may vary due t o screen size. You may not be able to v iew a ll details of the Internet pages. â Set u p brow si ng You may receive the configuration settings required for browsing as a configuration mes sage fr om the service prov ider that o ffers the servic e that you want to use. See âÂÂConfiguration settings service,â p. 10. You can also ent er all the configuration sett ings manually. Se e âÂÂConfiguration,â p. 58. â Co nnec t to a ser vic e First, ve rify that t he correc t configuration set tings of the s ervice tha t you want t o use are activated. 1. To s elect the s ettings for connec ting to the service, s elect Menu > Web > Setti ngs > Configuration settings . 2. Select Configuration . Only the configurations that support browsing service are shown. Se lect a service pr ovider, Default , or Personal config. for browsing. See âÂÂSet up browsing,â p. 81. Select Account and a br owsing service account cont ained in th e active c onfiguration settings. Select Display terminal window > Ye s t o perform manual us er authenticat ion for intr anet connections . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 81 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Web 82 Secondly, make a connection to th e service in one of the following ways: ⢠Select Menu > Web > Home ; or in the s tandby mode, pr ess and hold 0 . ⢠To select a bookmark of the ser vice, select Menu > Web > Bookmarks . ⢠To select the last URL, select Me nu > We b > Last web addr ess . ⢠To enter the address of the ser vice, se lect Menu > Web > Go to address , e nter the address of t he service, and select OK . â Brows e pages After you make a connect ion to the s ervice, you c an start browsing its pages. Th e function of t he phone keys may vary in different services. Follow the t ext guides on t he phone displa y. For more inf ormation, contact yo ur servic e provider. If packet data is se lected as t he data beare r, is shown on the top lef t of the display during brows ing. If you rece ive a call or a te xt message, or make a c all during a packet data connection, is shown on t he top of the display to indicate that the pac ket data connection is suspended (on hold). After a c all the phone tries to reconnec t the packet data connection. Browse with phone keys Use the navigation keys to browse t hrough the page. To select a highlighted item, press t he call key , or select Sele ct . To ente r letters and number s, pres s the keys , 0 to 9 . To e nter special characters, press * . Opt ions while bro wsing Nokia.com, Home , Add bookmark , Bookmar ks , P age options , His tory , Downloads , Other options , Reload , and Quit may be available . The service provi der may also offer ot her options. A cache is a memory location that is used to store data temporarily. If you have tried to access or have accessed confid ential in formation requi ring passwords, RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 82 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Web 83 empty the cache a fter each use. The information or services you have acces sed is stored in the cache. To empty the cache , see âÂÂCache memory ,â p. 8 6. Direct callin g The brows er supports functions that you can a ccess while browsing. You can mak e a phone call, and save a name and a phone number from a page. â Appear ance s ettings While browsing, select Options > Other options > Appear . settings ; or in the standby mode, s elect Menu > We b > Set tings > Appearance settings and from the following options: Text wrapping > On â t o set the text to continue on the nex t line on the display. If you selec t Off , t he text is abbreviated. Fon t s ize > E xtra small , Small , or Medium â to se t th e fo nt si ze Show images > No â to hide pictures on the page. This can speed up the browsing of pa ges that cont ain a lot of pictures. Alerts > Alert for unsecure connection > Yes â to se t the phone to aler t when an encrypte d connection c hanges t o unencr ypted during browsing Alerts > Alert for unsecur e items > Ye s â to set t he phon e to al ert w hen an encr ypted page cont ains an unsecur e item. These ale rts do not guarantee a secure c onnection. For mo re info rmation, see âÂÂBrowser security,â p. 86. Character encoding > Content encoding â to sele ct the encoding for the browser page content Character encoding > Unicode (UTF-8) web addr esses > On â to se t the phone to se nd a URL a s a UTF-8 encoding. You may need this se tting when you access a Web page cr eated in f oreign language. Screen size > Full or Small â to set t he screen s ize RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 83 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Web 84 â Cookie s A cookie is data that a s ite saves in the cache memory of your phone. Cookies are s aved until you clear t he cache me mory. See â Cache memory,â p. 86. While brows ing, select Options > Ot her options > Security > Cookie settings ; or in the s tandby mode, sele ct Men u > Web > Settings > Security settings > C ookies . To allow or prevent the phone from receiving cook ies, select Allow or Reject . â Script s over se cure con nect ion You can select whet her to allow the running of s cripts from a s ecure page. The phone supports W ML scripts. 1. While brows ing, select Options > Ot her options > Security > WMLS crip t se tt. ; or in the sta ndby mode, se lect Menu > We b > Settings > Secur ity settings > WMLScript s over sec ure connect ion . 2. To allow the scripts, select Allo w . â Bookm arks You can save pag e addres ses as bookmarks in the phone memor y. 1. While brows ing, select Options > Bookmarks ; or in the standby mode, select Me nu > Web > Bookmarks . 2. Scroll to a bookmark, and select it; or press the call key to make a connection to the page a ssociated with t he bookmar k. 3. Select Options to view, edit, delete, or send the bookmark; create a new bookmark; or save the bookmark to a folder. Your device may have s ome bookmarks load ed for sites not affilia ted with Nokia . Nokia does not wa rrant or endorse the se sites. If you choo se to access them, you shoul d ta ke th e sam e pre cauti ons, for se curi ty or c ontent , as you w ould with an y In terne t s ite . Receive a bo okmar k When you have received a bookmark that is sent as a bookmar k, 1 bookmark rec eived is displayed. T o save t he bookmar k, select Show > RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 84 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Web 85 Save . To vie w or delete the bookmark, select Options > View or Delete . To dis card the book mark directly after y ou have re ceived t he bookmark, sel ect Exit > OK . â Dow nloa d file s To downloa d more tones, images , games, or applications to your phone (networ k service), select Menu > Web > Do wnloads > Tone downloads , Graphic downloads , Game downloads , Video downloads , Theme downloads , or App. do wnloads . Important: Only instal l and use app lication s and othe r software fr om sources that offer adequate se curity and protection against harmful software. To save all downloaded files aut omatic ally in t he appropriate folder in Gallery or in Applications , sel ec t Menu > Web > Se ttings > Downloading settings > Automatic saving > On . â Ser vic e inbox The phone is able to recei ve service messages (pushed messages) sent by your service provider (network service). Service messages are notificat ions of, for example, news headl ines, and t hey may c ontain a text me ssage or an address of a service. To a cce ss t he Service inbox in the s tandby mode, when y ou have received a service message, selec t Sho w . If yo u sel ect Exit , the message is moved to the Service inbox . To acces s the Service inbox later, select Menu > Web > Service inbox . To a cce ss t he Service inbox while browsing, selec t Opti ons > Other options > Service inbox . Scroll to the mes sage you want, and to activate the browser and download t he marked co ntent, selec t Retrieve . To display detailed informat ion on the service notification or to delete the message, s elect Options > D etails or Delete . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 85 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Web 86 Service inbox setting s Select Menu > We b > Set tings > Service inbox settings . To set whe ther you want to rece ive service messages , select Serv ice messages > On or Off . To set the phone to r eceive service me ssages only f rom content aut hors approved by the se rvice provider, sel ect Message filt er > On . To view the list of the approved c ontent authors, sele ct Trusted channels . To set the phone t o automatically act ivate the brows er from the standby mode when the phone has received a service message, select Automatic connection > On . If you select Off , the phone ac tivates the browse r only after you select Ret rieve when the phone has received a ser vice message. â Cac he memo ry A cache is a memory location that is used to store data temporarily. If you have tried to access or have accessed confid ential in formation requi ring passwords, empty the ca che after each use. The in formation or servic es you have acce ssed is stored in th e cache. To empty t he cache, while brows ing, select Options > O ther options > Clear t he cache ; in the s tandby mode, select Men u > Web > Clear t he cache . â Browse r se curi ty Security feat ures may be required for some services , such as online banking or shopping. For such c onnections you need security certificat es and possibly a security module, which may be availa ble on your SIM card. For more information, contact your service provi der. Se curit y m odul e The security module improves s ecurity s ervices for applications requiring a brows er connection, and a llows you t o use a digital signature. The security module may contain certifi cates as well as private and public keys. The certif icates are saved in the security module by the service provider. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 86 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Web 87 Select Menu > Web > Se ttings > Security settings > Security module settings and from the following options: Security module details â to s how the s ecurity module title, stat us, manufacturer, and serial number Module PIN request â to set the phone to ask for the module PIN when using ser vices provided by the security modul e. Enter the c ode, and sel ect On . To disable the module PIN request, select Off . Change module PIN â to change the module PIN, if allowed by the securit y module. Enter the c urrent module PIN code, then ent er the new code twice . Change signing PIN â to change t he signing PIN code for the digital signature. Sele ct the signing PIN you want t o change. Enter the current PIN c ode, then enter t he new code twice. See als o âÂÂAccess codes ,â p. 9. Certificates Importan t: Even if the use of cert ifica tes makes th e risks invo lved in remote connections and software installatio n consid erably small er, they must be used correctly in orde r to benefit from increased security. The exi stenc e of a ce rtifi cate do es not offer a ny pr otect ion by i tself; the certifica te manager must contain co rrect, authe ntic, or trusted certifica tes f or increas ed securit y to be availabl e. Certi ficates hav e a restri cted lif etime. If Expired certif icate or Cert ifica te not vali d yet is shown even if the certi ficate should be val id, chec k that the cur rent date and ti me in your device are correct. Before changing any certificat e settings, yo u must make sure that you really trust the owner o f the certificate and that the certi ficat e really belon gs to the lis ted owner. There are three kinds of certificates: server certificat es, authority certificat es, and user certificat es. You ma y receive t hese ce rtificates from y our service provider . Authority certificat es and user cer tificates may als o be sav ed in the sec urity module by the servic e provider. To vie w the list of the authority or user c ertificates downloade d into your phone, select Menu > Web > Settings > Security settings > User certificat es or Authority certificat es . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 87 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Web 88 The security indicator is dis played during a connection, if t he data transmission betwee n the phone and the content server is encrypted. The secu rity icon does not ind icate that the d ata transmis sion between the gatewa y and the content se rver ( or place whe re the r eques ted resour ce is s tored) is secure . The service provider secures the data trans mission be tween the gateway and the co ntent server. Digital signat ure You can make digital signatures wit h your phone if your SIM card has a security module. Using the digit al signature can be the s ame as signing your name t o a paper bill, contract, or other document . To make a digital signature, select a link on a page, for example, the title of the book you want to buy and its price. The t ext to sign, which may include the amount and date, is shown. Check that the header text is Read and that the digital s ignature icon is shown. If the digital s ignature icon doe s not a ppear, there is a security br each, and you sh ould not enter any per sonal data such as your signing PIN. To sign the t ext, read all of t he text first, and select Sign . The te xt may not fit within a single screen. Therefore, ma ke sur e to scroll through and read a ll of the t ext before s igning. Select the user certificat e you want t o use. Enter the signing PIN (see âÂÂAccess c odes,â p. 9), and select OK . The digital signature icon disappears, and the s ervice may display a conf irmation of your purchase. â P osition ing inf orma tion The network may send you a location reques t. You can ens ure that the network deliv ers location information of your phone only if y ou approve it (network s ervice). Contact your network oper ator or s ervice provider to subscribe a nd to agr ee upon the delive ry of locat ion information. To accep t or reject th e location reque st, select A ccept or Reje ct . I f y ou miss the reques t, the phone automatica lly accepts or rejects i t according to what you have agreed wit h your network operator or RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 88 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Web 89 service provider. Th e phone displays 1 missed posi tion request . To vie w the missed location request, select Show . To view th e information on the 10 most recent privacy notificat ions and requests or to delet e them, select Menu > Web > P ositioning > Position log > O pen folder or Delete all . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 89 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
SIM servi c es 90 17. SIM services Your SIM card may provide addit ional services t hat you c an access. T his menu is shown only if it is supported by your SIM c ard. The name and contents of the menu depend on the SIM card. For availability and information o n using SIM card services, contact your SIM ca rd v end or. Th is may be t he se rv ice pr ovi de r, net wor k op er at or, or othe r ven dor . To set the phone to show you the conf irmation messages sent between your phone and the network when yo u are using the SIM services, select Menu > Settings > Phone > Conf irm SIM service actions > Ye s . Accessing the se services ma y involve s ending messages or making a phone call for which you ma y be charged. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 90 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
PC connectivity 91 18. PC connectivity You can s end and receiv e e-mail, and access the Internet w hen your phone is connected to a compatible PC through an infrared or a data cable (CA-42) connection. You can use your p hone with a variet y of PC connectivit y and dat a communications applic ations. â Nok ia PC Sui te With Nok ia PC Suite you can s ynchronize Con ta ct s , Calendar , To-do list , and Not es between your phone and th e compatible PC. You may find more information about Nokia PC Suite, for example downloadable files, in the support area on the Nokia W eb site at www.nok ia.com/support. â P acke t data , HSCS D, and CS D With your phone you c an use packet dat a, high-speed circuit switched data (HSCSD), and c ircuit switched dat a (CSD, GSM dat a ). For availa bility and su bscription to data services, contact your net work opera tor or service provider. The us e of HSCSD services consumes the phone bat tery f aster than normal voice or dat a calls. You may need to c onnect the phone t o a charger for the duration of dat a transfer. Se e âÂÂPack et d ata ( EGP RS) ,â p. 56 . â Da ta co mmun icat ion appl icat ions For information on using a data communication application, refer to the document ation provided with it. Making or ans wering phone calls during a computer connection is not recommended, as it might dis rupt the operation. For better performance dur ing data calls, place the phone on a s tationary sur face with the keypa d facing down. D o not move the phone by holding it in yo ur hand during a data call. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 91 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Battery i nformation 92 19. Batte ry inform ation â Charg ing an d disc harg ing Your device is po wered by a rechargeable b attery. The full performance of a ne w battery is achieved only aft er two or thre e complete charge and discha rge cycle s. Th e ba tte ry can be ch a rged and dis ch arg ed hun dr eds of time s bu t it will ev entu all y wear out. Whe n th e tal k and sta ndb y time s are no tice abl y sho rter than normal, rep lace the b attery. Use only Nokia approved batteries , and rech arge your b atte ry only with N ok ia app rove d cha rgers desi gnated for this device. Unplug the ch arger from the electri cal plug and the d evice when not i n use. Do not leav e a fully charged battery connecte d to a charger, si nce overchargin g may shorten its li fetime . If lef t un used, a fully charged battery w ill lo se its ch arge over time. Use the battery only for its intended p urpose. Never use any charger o r battery that is d ama ge d. Do no t short-circui t the ba ttery. Ac cidental s hort-ci rcuiting can occur w hen a metall ic object such as a coin, clip, or pe n causes direct co nnection of th e positi ve ( ) and ne gative (-) terminals of the batter y. (Thes e look like metal st rips on the battery.) This migh t happen, f or exam ple, when you carry a spare bat tery in you r po cket or purs e. Sho rt-cir cuitin g the t erm inals m ay da mage the batter y or th e conne ctin g object . Leavin g the battery in hot or cold plac es, suc h as in a closed car in summer or winte r con dition s, wi ll reduc e the ca pacity and lifetim e of the batte ry an d it s ability to charge. Always try to keep the battery b etween 15ðC and 25ðC (59ðF and 77ðF). A d evice with a hot or cold battery may not w ork temporarily, even when the bat tery is fully ch arged. Batte ry performa nce is part icularly limi ted in temper atures wel l below fr eezin g. Do not dis pose of batt erie s in a fire as they may exp lode. B atteries may also explo de i f dam age d. Dispo se of batt erie s acc ordi ng to local regu lat ions. Please rec ycle w hen po ssib le. D o n ot disp os e as house hold waste. â Noki a ba tte ry a uth enti catio n gu ideli ne s Always use origina l Nokia batteries for your safety. To check tha t you are getting an original Nokia battery, purchase it from an authorized Nokia dealer, loo k for RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 92 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Battery informa tion 93 the Nokia Origi nal Enhance ments logo on the packaging , and inspe ct the hologr am label usin g t he foll o wing steps : Successful completio n of the four step s is not a total assura nce of the authentici ty of the battery. If you have any rea son to believe th at your battery is not an authentic origi nal Nokia battery, you should refrain from using it and t ake it to the ne arest autho riz ed Noki a se rvic e po int or d eal er for a ssi stan ce. Y our authori zed Nokia servi ce point o r deale r will inspect the battery f or authen ticity. If authenti city cannot be verifie d, return the batt ery to the place o f purchase. Auth enti cate holo gr am 1. Wh en l ooking at th e ho logra m lab el, you sh ould s ee the No kia con necting ha nds sym bol from o ne ang le and the Nok ia Ori ginal Enha ncem ents logo when lo oking f rom an other an gl e. 2. When you angle th e hol ogram left, righ t, dow n, an d up, yo u shoul d see 1, 2, 3, a nd 4 do ts o n each side respectively. 3. Scra tch th e si de of th e la bel to rev ea l a 2 0-di git c ode, for exam ple, 123 456789198 76543 210. Turn the battery s o that the numb ers are f acing up wards. The 20-digit co de reads starti ng fro m the number at the to p row f ollow ed by the b ottom ro w. 4. Co nfirm tha t the 20-dig it code is va lid by follo wing the instruct ions at www.nokia. com/batterychec k. To create a text mess age, ente r the 20-d igit code , for examp le, 12345 67891 9876543210 , and s end to 44 7786 20027 6. Nat iona l and intern ati onal opera tor cha rge s wi ll appl y. You s hould re ceive a message i ndicating whethe r the cod e can b e authentica ted. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 93 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Battery i nformation 94 What if your battery is not authentic? If you cannot confirm that your Nokia batter y with the hologra m on the labe l is an authent ic Nokia battery, please do not use th e battery. Take it to the neare st auth oriz ed Nok ia service poin t or d ealer fo r assis tanc e. The use of a b att ery th at is n ot ap proved by t he ma nufa cturer may be dan ger ous an d ma y re sult i n poor performance and damag e to your device and its enhancement s. It may also invalid ate any approval or w arranty applying to th e device. To find out more about ori ginal Nokia b atteries , visit www. nokia.com/bat tery. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 94 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Care and maint enance 95 Care and m aintenance You r dev ice is a pro du ct of s uper i or d esi gn an d c raf tsm ans hip an d sho ul d be trea ted wi th care . The suggest ions be low will help you p rotec t your w arrant y coverage. ⢠K eep th e d e vic e d ry . Pre cip it a tio n, hu mi di ty , a nd al l typ e s o f li q uid s o r moisture can contai n minerals that will corro de elect ronic circu its. If your device does get we t, remove the ba ttery, and allo w the device to dr y completely b efore replac ing it . ⢠Do not use or store the device in dusty, di rty areas. Its mo ving parts and elec t ron ic c omp onents ca n be da mag ed . ⢠Do not st ore th e de vice i n h ot ar ea s. H ig h t emp er at ure s can s horte n the lif e o f ele ctro nic de vice s, da mag e batt eries , an d war p or m el t certa in pl ast ics. ⢠Do not store the device in col d areas. When the device returns to its normal temperat ure, moistur e can form insi de the device an d damage ele ctronic circuit board s. ⢠Do not attempt to open the device oth er than as instructe d in this guide. ⢠Do not drop, knock, or shake the device. Rough handling can break i nternal circ uit bo ard s and fine me cha nics. ⢠D o not us e harsh c hemic als, clea ning sol vents, o r strong de tergent s to clea n the device. ⢠D o not pain t the devi ce. Pain t ca n clog the moving p arts an d preve nt pro per ope ra ti on. ⢠U se a soft , clean, d ry cloth to cl ean any le nses (s uch as cam era, proxi mity senso r, and l ight sen sor lens es). ⢠U se o nly the suppl ied or an a ppro ved re place me nt an tenn a. Una uth orize d ante nnas, m odif icati ons, or a ttachm ents c oul d dama ge the devi ce and may viola te reg ulati ons gove rning radio devi ces. ⢠U se c harge rs indoo rs. ⢠Always create a backup of data yo u want to keep (such as contacts and calendar notes) befo re sending your device to a service facility. All of the above suggest ions apply equ ally to yo ur device, b attery, charger, or any enhancement. If any device is not working prop erly, take it to the nearest authorized service facility for service. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 95 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Add itiona l safe ty inform ation 96 Additio nal safety informa tion Your dev ice and its en hanceme nts may co ntain sm all parts. Keep the m out of th e reac h of sm all c hild ren . â Op era ti ng e nvi ron me nt Rememb er to follow an y special reg ulations in force in any a rea and alwa ys switch off your device when its use is pro hibited or w hen it may cause interf ere nce or da nger. Us e th e devi ce onl y in its n orm al op erat ing po sitio ns. T his device meets RF e xposure g uidelin es whe n used eithe r in th e normal u se pos ition agai ns t th e ea r o r whe n positi on ed at le ast 2.2 cent im ete rs (0 .84 in che s) aw ay from t he body . W hen a carry ca se, b elt cl ip, or holder i s used for bo dy-w orn opera tion, i t sh ould not con tain m etal a nd sh ould posit ion th e dev ice th e abo ve- stat ed di stanc e from yo ur bo dy. To transmi t data files or message s, this device r equires a quality conn ection to the net work. In some c ase s, tra ns missi on of dat a fil es o r me ssage s m ay b e delay ed until su ch a c onn ection is a vail able. E nsu re th e abo ve se parat ion distan ce instru ctions ar e followed u ntil the tra nsmissi on is comple ted. Parts of the d evice are ma gnetic. Metallic mat erials may be attracted to the device. Do not place credit cards o r other magnetic st orage media near the devi ce, be cause in forma tion stored on the m ma y be e rase d. â Medica l de vices Operati on of any radi o transmit ting equipment, incl uding wireles s phones, may interfere w ith the funct ionality of in adequate ly protected medical devices . Consult a physician or the manufact urer of the med ical device to determi ne if they ar e adequatel y shiel ded fro m external RF en ergy or i f you have any questions . Switch of f your device in heal th care facilit ies when any regulatio ns post ed i n thes e are as in stru ct y ou to do so. Hosp ital s or hea lth c are faci lities may be using equipment that could b e sensiti ve to exte rnal RF energ y. Pacemakers Pacemaker ma nufactu rers recomm end that a minimu m separati on of 15.3 centim eters (6 inches) be mainta ined bet ween a wir eless phone a nd a pacemaker to avoid potenti al interferen ce with the p acemaker. Th ese recommend ations are co nsiste nt with the ind ependent research by and recommend ations of Wire less Techno logy Resea rch. Persons with pacemake rs shoul d do t he fo llow ing: RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 96 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Ad ditio nal sa fet y in for matio n 97 ⢠Always keep th e device more th an 15.3 centime ters (6 inches) from the pac emak er ⢠Not carry the device in a brea st pocket ⢠Hold the device to th e ear oppos ite the pacemaker to minimiz e the potent ial for interference. If you suspect inte rference, s witch off your device, and move the device away. Hearing a ids Some digital wireles s devices ma y interfere with some he aring aids. I f interference occurs, consu lt your service provider. â Vehicl es RF signals may affect impro perly inst alled or inad equate ly shielded electronic systems in motor vehicl es such as electr onic fu el injectio n systems , electr onic ant iski d ( antil ock) brak ing sys tems, el ect ronic spe ed c ontr ol s yste ms, a nd air b ag systems. For more i nformation, check w ith the manufacturer, or its represent ative, of your vehicle or any equi pment that has bee n added. Only quali fied perso nnel shoul d service th e device, or install the d evice in a vehicle. Faulty instal lation or servic e may be dangerous and may invalidate any warranty that may apply to the d evice. Check reg ularly that al l wireless devi ce eq uipment in your vehicle is moun ted and op erati ng prop erly. D o not st ore or carry fla mmable liqui ds, gases , or expl osive materi als in the same compa rtment as the devi ce, its par ts, or enha ncements . For vehicles equipp ed with an air bag, remember that air bags in flate with great fo rce. Do not pla ce obje cts, includin g installe d or portab le wire less equip ment in th e area over the air bag or in the air bag deploy ment area . If in-veh icle wi reless equipment is improperl y insta lled, and the air b ag inflates, serious injury could result. Using your device w hile flying in ai rcraft is prohibited . Switch off your device before board ing an aircraft. The use of w ireless teledevices in an aircraft may be dangerous to th e operation of the aircraft, dis rupt the wirel ess telep hone network, and may be ille gal. â Potenti all y exp losi ve envi ronme nts Switch off your d evice wh en in a ny area with a po tentia lly exp losive a tmosphere, and obey all signs and inst ructio ns. Potenti ally explo sive atmos pheres inclu de areas where y ou wo uld norm ally be a dvised t o turn o ff your vehi cle en gine. Sparks in such area s could cause a n explosion or fire resulti ng in bodily in jury or even de ath. Swit ch off t he de vi ce a t re fue li ng po ints su ch as ne ar ga s pu mps at service stations. Observe restrictions on the u se of radio equipme nt in fuel RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 97 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Add itiona l safe ty inform ation 98 depo ts, s torag e, an d d istrib utio n area s; ch emica l pl ant s; or w her e blas ting oper ations a re in prog ress. Areas w ith a pote ntial ly explos ive at mospher e are often, but n ot always, clea rly marked. They inclu de below deck o n boats, chemi cal transfer or stora ge facili ties, vehicles usi ng liquef ied petro leum gas (such as propa ne or bu tane), and areas where the air con tains chemicals or part icles s uch as gra in, dust , or me tal p owders . â Emerge ncy cal ls Important : Wireless ph ones, incl udin g this d evic e, ope rate using radi o sign als, wi reles s netw orks, landline networ ks, a nd u ser-pro gramme d functio ns. Bec ause of this, con nections in al l conditi ons cann ot be guaranteed. Yo u should never rely so lely on any wireless devi ce for essenti al communicat ions like medi cal emergen cies. To make an emergency call: 1. If the device is not on, switch it on. Check for adequate si gnal strength. Som e netw orks may re quire that a val id SI M card i s pro per ly ins erted in th e device. 2. Press the end key as many times as ne eded to cle ar the d isplay and re ady th e device for calls . 3. E nter the offi cial emergency number for your pre sent location. Emergency numbers vary by location. 4. Press the call key. If certain features are in us e, you may first need to turn tho se features off before you can make an emer gency call. Con sult this guide or your service provid er for more information. When making an emergen cy call , give all the ne cessary i nformation as accura tely as pos sible . Your wire less de vic e may be t he only means of comm unica tion at the scene of a n accident. Do not end th e call unti l given pe rmission to d o so. â Cert if icati on i nfo rmatio n (SAR) This mob ile device meet s guidelin es for ex posure to radio waves You r mo bi le d evic e is a radi o tr an smi tte r and re cei ve r. I t is de sign ed not t o exceed the limits fo r exposu re to radio waves recomme nded by inte rnation al guid elines. Th ese guidel ines w ere d evelope d by the i ndepend en t scie ntific or gan izat ion IC NIRP and i nclude saf et y mar gin s de sig ne d to as sur e th e protec tion o f a ll pers ons, r egar dless o f age and he alth. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 98 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Ad ditio nal sa fet y in for matio n 99 The exp o sur e gu i del in es fo r mo bi le de vic es em pl oy a un it of me as ure men t k no wn as the Specifi c Absorpti on Rate or SAR. T he SAR limi t stated in the ICNIRP guideli nes is 2. 0 watts/kil ogram ( W/kg) ave rag ed over 10 gra ms of tis sue. Tes ts for SAR a re c onduc ted usi ng st anda rd ope rati ng pos ition s w ith th e dev ice transmitti ng at its h ighest certif ied po wer le vel in a ll tested fr equency bands . The actual SAR level of an opera ting de vice can be below the ma ximum val ue be cause th e dev ice is d esigne d to use onl y the power requir ed to reach t he netw ork. T hat a mount c hang es depe ndin g on a number of fac tor s such a s how close you are to a network b ase stati on. The hi ghest SAR val ue under the ICNIRP guideli nes for use o f the dev ice at the ear is 0.84 W/ kg. Use of device acce ssories and enhanceme nts may result in different SAR values . SA R valu es ma y vary depe nding on nat ional repor ting and t estin g requ irem ents and the ne twork b and. A dditiona l SAR informa tion m ay be provid ed und er pr odu ct in for mati on at w ww .nok ia.c om . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 99 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Index 100 Index A access codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 access ories . See enh anceme nts. . . 8 alar m clo ck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 antenn a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 appli cati on downl oad . . . . . . . . . 11 audi o messa ging . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 B barr ing passw ord . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 batte ry au th en tic a tio n . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 charge level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 , 92 instal lation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 book marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 brows er appe arance se tting s . . . . . . . 83 book marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 br owsi ng page s . . . . . . . . . . . 82 cache me mory . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 certif icates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 cookies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 digit al signa ture . . . . . . . . . . . 88 scri pt set ting s . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 security mo dule . . . . . . . . . . . 86 set u p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 busi ness ca rds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 C cache me mory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 calculat or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 calend ar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 calenda r note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 call functi ons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 call key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 call reg ister . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 call settin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 call waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 calle r gro ups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 calls ans wer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 inter national . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 mak i ng of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 options during call . . . . . . . . . 21 recen t calls list . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 reject . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 speed dia ling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 voic e dia ling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 waitin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 cam e ra record a video clip . . . . . . . . . 62 take a ph oto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 car e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 cer ti fic a tes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 certification information . . . . . . . 98 charge the b attery . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 circuit switch ed data . . . . . . . . . . 91 cloc k settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 co de s barring password . . . . . . . . . . 10 PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 PUK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 secu rity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 UPIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 configuration s etting service . . . 10 contact i nformation . . . . . . . . . . . 11 co nt ac ts bu sin ess ca rds . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 caller gr oups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 co py . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 ed it de t ails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 my numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 my p resen ce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 searc h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 servi ce number s . . . . . . . . . . . 49 setti ng s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 speed dia ling . . . . . . . . . .47 , 49 subscr ibed n ames . . . . . . . . . . 46 co ok ie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 countdo wn timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 CS D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 cu st om er s e rvi ce . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 1 00 M onday, Se ptemb er 4, 2 006 9 :22 A M
Index 101 D data communication . . . . . . . . . .91 dat e set tin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 del ete e-mai l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 dialed numb ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 dic ti ona ry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 digi t al si gna tu re . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 di spla y set tin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 down lo ads appl icat ions . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 , 85 cont ent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 E earpiec e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 EGPRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 e-mai l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 e-mail s ettin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 emergency calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 end call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 end key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 enhancemen t setting s . . . . . . . . . 57 enhancemen ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 F factory set tings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 fla sh me ssage s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 folders inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 0 , 38 othe r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 outb ox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 sav ed i te ms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 sent items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 font siz e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 G gallery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 H handsfr ee. See loud speaker . he lp tex t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 hi gh- spe ed cir cu it swit ched d ata 91 HSC S D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 I IM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 IMAP4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 indicat ors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 info me s sages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 infrared connectio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 instal lation battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 SIM card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 instant mes saging accept in vitati on . . . . . . . . . . 34 availa bilit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 conversatio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 grou ps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 reject invita tion . . . . . . . . . . . 34 serv ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 star t se ssi on . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 unblock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Inte rnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 IR. See infrared. K keyguard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 keypad lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 L languag e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 , 23 lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 , 57 locatio n information . . . . . . . . . . 88 lock the keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 loudspea ker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 , 21 M maintena nce . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 , 95 media camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 memory cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 , 86 RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 1 01 M onday, Se ptemb er 4, 2 006 9 :22 A M
Index 102 capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 , 29 sel ect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 shar ed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 SIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 sta tus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 , 54 menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 messa ge cen ter numbe r . . . . . . . 25 messa ge c ounte r . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 messag e lengt h ind icator . . . . . . 26 messa ge se ttin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 misse d call s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 MMS. S ee multi media messa ges. modem s ettings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 multi media message s . . . . . . . . . 27 setti ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 my numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 my presence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 my sh ortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 N names. S ee c ontacts. navig ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 navigatio n key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 netwo rk EGS M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 GSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 name on di splay . . . . . . . . . . . 17 serv ices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Nok ia co ntac t and supp ort . . . . . 11 no te alar m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 O opera tor m enu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 overv iew functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 keys and parts . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 P pack et dat a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 , 91 part s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 PC connectivi ty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 sy nc hro niza t io n . . . . . . . . . . . 68 PC Suit e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 person ali ze the phone . . . . . . . . . 51 phone lo ck. See keypad lo ck. phone se ttin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 phone str ap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 phoneb ook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 photo s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 PIN cod es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 , 14 POP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Pop-Por t connec tor . . . . . . . . . . . 16 positioni ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 power ke y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 power sa ving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 pred ictive text input . . . . . . . . . . 22 profil es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 PTT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 add a ch ann el . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 ad d on e-to -one con tact . . . . 78 cal l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 c all ba ck r e ques t . . . . . . . . . . . 76 chan nel call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 create a channel . . . . . . . . . . 78 dial- ou t call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 discon nect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 invita tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 men u . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 one-to-o ne call . . . . . . . . . . . 75 receive a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 setti ng s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 setu p a chan nel . . . . . . . . . . . 78 PUK codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 punctuat ion marks . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 push to talk key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 push to talk. See PTT. R radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 receive d calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 recen t calls list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 repair service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 ringing tones . . . . . . 4 7 , 51 , 61 , 62 S safet y addi tion al i nfo rm ation . . . . . 96 certification information (SAR) 98 RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 1 02 M onday, Se ptemb er 4, 2 006 9 :22 A M
Index 103 emergency calls . . . . . . . . . . .98 enhancemen ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 guideli nes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 operatin g environ ment . . . . . .96 SAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 SAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 scree n saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 scrip t se tt ing s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 scroll key. See navigati on key. secu ri ty codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 set tin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 se le ct io n ke y s . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 , 17 server synchro nization . . . . . . . . .67 servi ce commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 num be rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 servi ces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 set tin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 configura tion . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 dat e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 dis pla y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 EGPRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 enhancemen ts . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 IR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 modem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 my short cuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 pac ket dat a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 pho ne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 profile s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 restore factory settings . . . . .59 serv ic e in box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 shortcut s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 tone s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 shared memor y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 shortcut s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 , 52 in stand by mode . . . . . . . . . . .17 navigation key . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 personal lis t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 sign al str eng th . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 SIM card installa tion . . . . . . . . . .12 SIM se rvice s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 setti ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 speaker phone. See lo udspeake r. spe cia l cha ract ers . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 spee d diali ng . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 , 47 , 49 sta ndby mod e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 sto pwat ch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 stra p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 subscr ibed names add cont acts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 unsubs cribe a contac t . . . . . 47 suppo rt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 swi tch on a nd of f . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 symb ols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 synchro nizat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 T take a photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 text m essage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 text m essage settin gs . . . . . . . . . 40 text w ritin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 time s ettings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 to-do l ist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 tradi tional text input . . . . . . 22 , 23 U unlock key pad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 UPIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 , 10 , 59 UPIN c ode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 V vib rat ing al ert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 vide o clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 voice command key . . . . . . . . . . 16 voice command s . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 voice diali ng add voi ce tag s . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 make a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 manage vo ice ta gs . . . . . . . . 48 voice messa ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 voice tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 volume keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 1 03 M onday, Se ptemb er 4, 2 006 9 :22 A M
Index 104 W wal l pape r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 , 52 Web book marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 wirele ss ma rkup la nguage . . . . . . 81 WML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 write tex t message . . . . . . . . . . . 26 writing langua ge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 writing text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 X XHTML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 1 04 M onday, Se ptemb er 4, 2 006 9 :22 A M
DECLARATIO N OF CONFORMIT Y Hereby, NOKIA CORPORA TION declares that this RM-166 product is in compliance with the esse nt ial re quire me nts a nd oth er re lev ant p rovi sions of Dir ecti ve 19 99/ 5/EC . A copy of t he De clar atio n of C onfo rmit y ca n be fo und at htt p:/ /www.n okia .com/ ph one s/decl ar atio n_of _con for mity/ . The crossed-out wheeled bin means that within the European Union the product must be taken to separate collection at the product end-of life. This applies to your device but also to any enhancements ma rked with this symbol. Do not dispose of thes e pr oducts as unso rted muni cipal was te. For mo re i nforma t ion, s ee p rodu ct Ec o- Declaration or country specific information at www.nokia.com. Copy right é 20 06 No kia. All righ ts res erved . Reprod uct ion, t ran sfer , di stri buti on o r stora ge o f part or a ll of the c ontent s in this docum ent in a ny fo rm wi tho ut the pr ior w ritt en pe rm issio n of Nok ia i s pro hibite d. Noki a, N okia Con nec ting P eopl e, Xp ress -on, and Pop -Port are tra demarks or r egis ter ed trademarks of Nokia Co rporation. Other product and company names mentioned h erein may be trademarks or tradenames of their respecti ve owners. Nokia tune is a sound mark of Nokia Corp oration. US Pat ent No 5818 43 7 and o ther pending pat ents. T9 text i nput s oftw are Co pyrigh t (C) 1997 -200 6. Te gic C omm unic ation s, In c. All right s rese rve d. Incl udes RSA BSA FE cry pto graph ic or secur it y prot ocol s oftwar e f rom RSA Secur ity . Java is a trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. This product is li cense d under the MPEG -4 Visu al Pate nt Por tfoli o Lice nse (i) for person al and nonc omm erci al us e in co nnec tio n with i nform atio n which has been e ncod ed in co mpl iance with the MPE G-4 V isu al St andar d by a cons umer e ngage d in a p ers onal a nd n oncom mercia l acti vi ty an d ( ii) for use in co nn ec tion wi th M PE G-4 vid eo prov id ed by a li ce nse d vid eo prov ide r. No l ice nse is gra nted or sha ll b e imp lie d for any oth er u se. A dditi ona l inf ormat ion, incl udin g th at relate d to pr omo tiona l, inte rnal, an d com me rcia l uses, ma y be obt ain ed fro m MPEG LA, L LC. See <http://www .mpegla.com >. 0434 RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 2 Monday , Sept ember 4, 2006 9: 22 AM
Nokia ope rat es a po li cy of cont in uous deve lopm ent . N okia r ese rve s the rig ht to make chang es and impr oveme nts to any of t he p roduct s de scr ibed in th is doc umen t wit hou t prio r not ic e. Th is No kia de vice comp lie s with D irect ive 20 02/9 5/EC o n th e restric tio n of th e use of cer tain haz ardou s sub stanc es in elec trica l and el ectron ic equip ment. U nder n o circ umst ance s sh all N oki a be r espo nsibl e for a ny l oss o f da ta or inco me or any sp eci al, in cide nta l, c onseq u ential or indi rec t dam ag es how so eve r caus ed . Th e c ont ents of th is do cu me nt are pr ovid ed "a s is". E xce pt a s r equ ired b y a ppli cab le la w , no warra nti es of a ny k ind, e it her e xpres s or impli ed, inc ludi ng, bu t no t limi te d to, the i mplie d warr ant ies of merc hant ability and fitnes s f or a par ticu lar pu rpos e, are made i n r elati on to the accuracy, reliability or contents of this document. Nokia reserves the right to revise this documen t or with draw i t at a ny ti me wit hout pri or not ice . The av aila bil it y of part icu lar p rodu cts m ay v ary b y region . P leas e ch eck with the Noki a dea le r nearest to you. This devi ce ma y con tai n c ommodi tie s, tech no logy o r sof tw are s ubje ct to e xpor t l aws a nd re gula ti ons from th e U S an d ot he r cou nt rie s. D ive rsi on co ntr ar y to la w is pr oh ibit ed. 9253 006 /I ssu e 1 RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 3 Monday , Sept ember 4, 2006 9: 22 AM
4 Content s For your safety....... ................... 6 General information ................. 9 Overvi ew of fun ction s......................... .. 9 Access code s .......................... ................ .. 9 Configurati on settings service ........ 10 Downloa d conten t and applica tions 11 Noki a su ppor t a nd contact informat ion ........................... 11 1. Get started ......................... 12 Install t he SIM card an d batte ry .... 12 Charge the b attery............... ............... 13 Switch the phone on and off ........... 14 Antenna .................. ................ ............... 14 Wrist s trap ............................................ 15 2. Your phone ......... ................ 16 Keys and parts....... ................ ............... 16 Standb y mod e ....... ............................... 17 Keypad lock (key guard) ..................... 19 3. Call functions..... ................ 20 Make a call ........................................... 20 Answer or reject a call ....................... 20 Options during a ca ll........... ............... 21 4. Write text........... ................ 22 Settin gs ................... ................ ............... 22 Predicti ve text input .......................... 22 Traditional tex t input .......... ............... 23 5. Navigate the menus .......... 24 6. Messages ............................ 25 Text messages (S MS)........... ............... 25 Multim edia messages (MM S) .......... 27 Memory full ........................... ............... 29 Folders ..... ................................ ............... 30 Postcard s ................................ ............... 30 Flash messages .................................... 31 Nokia Xpress audi o messaging ........ 31 Instant messa ging (IM) ..................... 32 E-mail applica tion . ............................. 37 Voice messages ....... ................ ............. 39 Info mess ages ......................... ............. 39 Service co mmands ................. ............. 39 Delete me ssages ..................... ............. 39 Message set tings.... ................ ............. 40 Message counte r .... ............................. 42 7. Con tacts .............. ................ 43 Search for a contact ............. ............. 43 Save names and pho ne numbers .... 43 Save number s, i tems, o r a n ima ge . 43 Copy contacts ......................... ............. 44 Edit contact detai ls ............... ............. 44 Del ete contacts or co ntact d etails . 44 Business c ards ......... ............................. 45 My prese nce ............ ................ ............. 45 Subscri bed names .. ................ ............. 46 Settings .... ................................. ............. 47 Groups ...... ................. ............................. 47 Voice dialing ............................ ............. 48 Speed dials ............................... ............. 49 Info, service , and my nu mbers ........ 49 8. Log ...................................... 50 Recent ca lls lists ..................... ............. 50 Counters and timers ........................... 50 9. Settings ............................. 51 Profiles ..... ................. ............................. 51 Themes ...................... ................ ............. 51 Tones......... ................. ............................. 51 Lights ........ ................................. ............. 52 My shortc uts ........... ................ ............. 52 Display ....................... ................ ............. 52 Time and date ......................... ............. 53 RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 4 Monday , Sept ember 4, 2006 9: 22 AM
5 Call ........................ ................ ................... 5 4 Phon e ... ................................ ................ ... 54 Conne ctivity ....... ................................ ... 55 Enhanc ement s ... ................ ................... 5 7 Confi guration..... ................................ ... 5 8 Secu rity ............... ................ ................... 5 9 Resto re factory settings.................. ... 59 10. O perator menu ................ 60 11. Gallery ........... ................... 61 12. Media ............................... 62 Came ra ................ ................ ................... 6 2 Radio .... ................................ ................... 62 Record er .............. ................ ................... 6 4 13. Organizer....... ................... 65 Alarm clo ck......................................... ... 65 Calen dar .............. ................ ................... 6 5 To-do list ............. ................ ................... 6 6 Not es .... ................ ................................ ... 6 7 Synchron izati on ................ ................ ... 6 7 Calc ulator ........... ................................ ... 68 Stopw atch .......................... ................... 6 9 Count down timer ............. ................... 70 14. Applications ..................... 71 Games .. ................................ ................... 71 Collec tion ............................ ................... 7 1 15. Push to talk ..................... 73 Push to talk menu ............................ ... 73 Conne ct to and d isconn ect PTT ....... 7 4 Make and receive a PTT call .......... ... 74 Callb ack requests.............. ................ ... 76 Add a on e-to-one c ontact ............... . 78 Create and set up c hann els ............. . 78 PTT s ettings .......... ................................ . 80 16. Web................................... 81 Set u p brow sing .................. ................ . 81 Connect to a s ervice .......................... . 81 Browse pages ....................... ................. 82 Appea rance setting s .......... ................. 83 Cookies .................. ................................ . 84 Scripts over secure conne ction ....... 84 Bookmark s ............ ................................ . 84 Down load files ..... ................................ . 85 Service inbo x ....................... ................ . 85 Cache memo ry..... ................ ................. 86 Browse r security ................................. . 86 Positio ning informa tion .... ................ . 88 17. SIM services ..................... 90 18. PC connectivity ................ 91 Nokia PC Sui te ..................... ................. 91 Packe t dat a, HSCSD , and C SD .......... 91 Data communicati on applica tions . 91 19. Batt ery information......... 92 Chargi ng an d discha rging ................ . 92 Nokia battery authen tication guideli nes.............. ................................ . 92 Care and maintenance ........... 95 Add itiona l safety inform a tio n 96 Index ..................................... 100 RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 5 Monday , Sept ember 4, 2006 9: 22 AM
For y our s afet y 6 For your safety Read the se simple g uidelines . Not foll owing them may be dangero us or ille gal. Read the comple te user guide for further i nformation. SWITC H ON SAF ELY Do not s witch th e phone o n when wir eless p hone us e is prohib ited or when it may ca use inte rference o r danger. ROA D SAF ETY C OM ES FI RST Obey al l local law s. Always kee p your hands fre e to operate the veh icle while drivin g. Your first consider ation while d riving should be road safety. IN TE RFER ENCE Al l w irel ess pho nes ma y be susc e pti bl e to in terf er enc e , wh ich cou ld affect performance. SWITCH OF F IN HOSPIT ALS Foll ow any restrict ions. Switch the phone o ff near medical equ ip me nt . SWITCH O FF I N AIRCRAFT Foll ow any restrict ions. Wirele ss devices can caus e interferen ce in aircraft. SWITCH OFF WHEN REFUELING Do not us e the phone at a refueling point. Do not us e near fuel or chemica ls. SWITCH OFF NEAR BLASTI NG Follow any restrictio ns. Do not use the pho ne where blasti ng is in progr ess. USE SEN SI BLY Use only in the nor mal posit ion as expla ined in th e product document ation . Do not touch the ante nna unnece ssaril y. QUALIF IED SER VICE Only qu alified personne l may install or rep air th is product. ENHAN CEM ENTS A ND BATT ERIES Use only approved enhancemen ts and bat terie s. Do not con nect incomp atible p roducts. RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 6 Monday , Sept ember 4, 2006 9: 22 AM
For you r sa fety 7 WATER-RESIS TANCE Your phone is not water-resista nt. Keep it dry. BACK-UP COPIES Remember to make back-up cop ies or keep a writt en record of a ll importan t informat ion store d in your phone. CONNECTIN G TO OTHER DEVICES When con necting to a ny oth er device, rea d its user gu ide for deta iled sa fe ty in st ru ct io ns. Do n ot c o nn ec t in c om pa t ible p ro du ct s. EMER GENC Y CALL S Ensu re the phon e is switch ed on and in servic e. Press the end key a s many ti mes a s nee ded to clea r the disp lay and return to t he sta rt screen . Enter the e merg ency number, th en press the call key. Give your locatio n. Do not end the call until give n permission to do so. â Abou t your devic e Th e wire less de vic e desc ribe d in this gui de is appr oved for us e on the EGSM 9 00 and GSM 18 00 and 1 900 netw orks. Cont act your s ervice provi der for m ore informati on about networks. When using the fea tures in this device, ob ey all laws and res pect the priv acy and legi timat e right s of ot hers, includ ing co pyright s. Warn ing : To use any fe atures i n this device, other than th e alarm clo ck, the device must be switched on. Do not switch the device on when wireles s device us e may ca use inte rference or da nger. â Net wor k s er vic es To use th e phone you must h ave servi ce fro m a wire less serv ice p rovid er. Many of the feature s in this devi ce depend on fea tures in the wireles s network to function. T hese network service s may not be available on all networks or you may have to make specific a rrangements with your service provid er before you can utilize network services . Your serv ice provi der may need to give you addi tional ins truct ions fo r the ir use and expla in wha t cha rges w ill a pply. S ome network s may have limita tions tha t affect how you can use n etwork servi ces. For in stance, some netwo rks may not supp ort all l anguage -dep endent c haracters a nd se rvices. Your servi ce pro vider may have req ueste d that c ertain fe ature s be disa bled or not activated in yo ur device. If so, th ey will not ap pear on your device men u. Your device may also have been spe cially configured fo r your network provide r. This RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 7 Monday , Sept ember 4, 2006 9: 22 AM
For y our s afet y 8 configura tion may in clude change s in menu names , menu order , and icons . Contact your se rvice provider for more inform ation. This device supp orts W AP 2.0 prot ocols (HTTP and S SL) that r un on TCP/I P proto cols. Some featur es of this dev ice, su ch as text messa ges, multim edia mess ages, au dio messag es, ins tant mess aging se rvice, e- mail, p resen ce enhance d conta cts, mo bile I ntern et se rvices, conte nt an d appli cation dow nload, a nd synchronization with a remote Internet server, require network sup port for these tech nologies . â Shar ed me mory The phone has two memorie s. The foll owing featur es may share the first memory: contacts , text mess ages, mu ltimedia mes sages (but n o attachmen ts), audio messag es, instant me ssaging, gr oups, voice commands, calend ar, and to -do notes. Th e second sh ared me mory is use d by files sto red in Gal l ery , attachments of multimed ia mes sages, e- mail, and Java TM appl ic at ions . Us e of on e or mo re of these fea tures ma y reduce th e memory avai lable for th e remainin g features sharing memory. For exa mple, sa ving many Java applicat ions may use all of the avail able memory. Your device may display a mes sage that th e memory is full when you try to us e a shared memory feature. In this cas e, delet e some of the information or entries stored in the s hared memory fe atures before continuing . Some of the feature s, such as text me ssages, m ay have a certain a mount o f memory s pecial ly allotted to them in add ition to th e memory share d with ot her features. â Enh ancem ents A few prac tical rules about acces sories and enhan cements: ⢠Kee p al l acc ess ories and e nh ance me nts o ut of th e rea ch of sm all chil dre n. ⢠When you disconnect t he power cord of any acces sory or enhancemen t, grasp and pul l t he pl ug , no t t he c or d. ⢠Che ck regularly that en hancement s install ed in a ve hicle ar e mounted a nd are ope ra tin g pr oper l y. ⢠In stallati on of any c omple x ca r enha ncement s must be made b y qual ified perso nnel only . RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 8 Monday , Sept ember 4, 2006 9: 22 AM
General inf ormati on 9 Gene ral information â Ov ervi ew of f un ction s Your pho ne provides many functions that are practical for daily use, such as a calenda r, a clock, an alarm c lock, a radio, and a built-in camera. Your phone also support s the following f unctions: ⢠Enhanced da ta rates for GSM evolution (ED GE). See âÂÂPacket data (EGPRS),â p. 56. ⢠Extensible hypertext mar kup language (XHTML). See âÂÂWeb,â p. 81. ⢠Audio mess aging. See âÂÂNokia Xpress audio messaging,â p. 31. ⢠Instant mess aging. See âÂÂInstant messaging (IM),â p. 32. ⢠E-mail a pplication. See âÂÂE-mail a pplication,â p. 37. ⢠Push to t alk. See â Push to talk,â p. 73. ⢠Presence- enhanced cont acts. See âÂÂMy pr esence ,â p. 45. ⢠Java 2 Plat form, Micro Edition (J 2ME TM ). See âÂÂApplicat ions,â p. 71. ⢠Synchronizat ion and file transfer with PC Suite. See âÂÂNokia PC Suite,â p. 91. â Ac cess cod es Security code The secur ity code (5 t o 10 digits) helps to protect your phone against unauthorized use. The preset cod e is 12345. To change the code, and t o set t he phone to request the c ode, see âÂÂSecurity,â p. 59. PIN co des The pers onal identification number (PIN) code and the universal personal ide ntification number (UPIN) code (4 to 8 digit s) help to protect your SIM card against unauthorized use. See âÂÂSecurity,â p. 59. The PIN2 code (4 to 8 digit s) may b e supplied with t he SIM card and is required for some functions . RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 9 Monday , Sept ember 4, 2006 9: 22 AM
General inf ormation 10 The module PIN is required t o access the inf ormation in the s ecurity module. See â Security module ,â p. 86. The signing PIN is required for t he digital signature. See â Digital signature,â p. 88. PUK co des The personal unblocking key (PUK) code and the universal personal unblocking key (UPUK) code (8 digits) are required t o change a b locked PIN code and UPIN code, res pectively. The PUK2 code (8 digits) is required to cha nge a bl ocked PIN2 code. If the codes are not s upplied with the SIM c ard, contact your local service provider for the code s. Bar ring pa sswo rd The barring password (4 digits) is requ ired when using the Call barring se rvi ce . See âÂÂSecurit y,â p. 59. â Con figura tion sett ings servi ce To use some of the network ser vices, such as mobile Inte rnet service s, MMS, Nokia Xpress a udio messaging, or remote Internet ser ver synchronization, y our phone needs t he correct configuration settings. You may be able to rece ive the s ettings directly as a conf iguration message. After r eceiving the s ettings, yo u need to save them on y our phone. The servic e provider may provide a PIN that is needed to save the settings. For mor e information on a vailability, contact your net work operator, se rvice provide r, nearest authorized Nokia deale r, or vis it the support area on the N okia Web sit e at www.nokia. com/support. When you have received a configurat ion message Configuration sett. rece ived is displayed. To sav e the settings , select Show > Save . If t he phone re quests Enter settings' PIN: , enter the PIN code for the settings, and select OK . To receive t he PIN code, contact t he service provider t hat supplies the settings. If no s ettings are s aved yet , these s ettings are saved and set as default configura tion settings. Otherwise, t he phone asks Acti vate sa ve d configuration settings? . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 10 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
General inf ormati on 11 To dis card the r eceived s ettings, select Exit or Sh ow > Disc ard . To edit t he settings, s ee âÂÂConfiguration,â p. 58. â Download conte nt and ap plicat ions You may be able t o download new content (for example, themes) to the phone (networ k service). Select the dow nload function (for example, in the Gallery menu). T o access t he download f unction, see t he respect ive menu des criptions. For the availability of different service s, pricing, and tariffs, c ontact your se rvice p rovider. Importan t: Use only services that you trust and tha t offer adequate security and protection against harmful software. â Nokia s upport and c ontact inf ormatio n Check w ww.nokia.com/support or your local N okia Web site for th e latest ver sion of th is guide, additional i nformation, downloads, and service s related to your Nokia product . On the Web site, y ou can get information on the use of Nokia product s and se rvices. If you need to c ontact customer service, check the lis t of local Nokia conta ct centers at www.nokia.com/cus tomerservice. For maint enance servic es, check your nea rest Nokia s ervice cent er at www.nok ia.com/repair. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 11 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Get st arted 12 1. Get started â Inst all the SIM c ard and bat tery Always switch the device off and disc onnect the charger before remo ving the batte ry. Keep all SI M cards out of th e reach of sma ll children. For availability and information o n using SIM card services, contact your SIM ca rd v end or. Th is may be t he se rv ice pr ovi de r, net wor k op er at or, or othe r ven dor . This device is intended for use with the BL-5B battery. The SIM car d and its c ontacts can easily be damaged by scratc hes or bending, so be careful w hen handling, inserting, or removing the car d. To remove t he back cover of the phone, press the r elease button (1), and lift the back cov er (2). Ensure that the gold-colored contact area on the SIM car d is facing dow nwards, and insert the SIM card int o the SIM card holder until it s naps into position (3). Insert the bat tery (4) . Observe t he batter y contacts. Always use or iginal Nokia batteries. Se e âÂÂNokia batte ry authentication guidelines,â p. 92. Align the top of the ba ck cover wi th the top of the phone (5), and pr ess the bottom of the bac k cover to lock it (6). RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 12 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Ge t star ted 13 To remove t he battery, lift the lower end of the battery out of the compartment (7). To remove the SIM card, press the SIM card releas e (8), and slide the SIM card towards the top of t he phone (9). â Ch arge the b att ery Warn ing : Use on ly batteri es, chargers, an d enha ncements approved by Nokia for use with this particular model. The use o f any other types may inv ali date any appr oval or warr anty , and may b e da nge rous . Check the model number of any charger before use with this de vice. This device is intended for u se when supplied with power from an AC-3, AC-4 , and DC-4 charger, and from an LCH-9 charger wh en used with the C A-44 charger ada pter. For availabili ty of approved enhance ments , please check with your dealer. Wh en you disc onnect the powe r co rd of any enhan ceme nt, g ras p and pull th e plug, not the cord. 1. Connect the charger to a wall socket. 2. C on nec t th e lea d f rom th e charg er to the sock et on the bottom of your phone. If the battery i s completely dis charged, it may take a fe w minutes before the charging indicat or appears on the display or before any c alls can be made. The c harging time depends on the charger and the ba ttery us ed. For example, charging a BL-5B battery with t he AC-3 charger takes about 1 hour a nd 10 minutes while t he phone is in the sta ndby mode. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 13 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Get st arted 14 â Swit ch the ph one on and of f War ning: D o n o t s w i t c h t h e p h o n e o n w h e n w i r e l e s s phone u se is pro hibited or when it may cau se interference or danger. To switch the phone on, press and hold the power key. If the phone asks for a PIN or a UPIN co de, enter the c ode (displayed as * ***), and s elect OK . To switch the phone off , press and hold t he power key. Set th e ti me, ti me zone , an d d ate Enter the local time, se lect the time zone of your locat ion in terms of the time difference w ith respect t o Greenwic h Mean Time (G MT), and enter the date. See âÂÂTime and date,â p. 53. Plug and play s ervic e When you switch on your phone for the first time, and t he phone is in the standby mode, you are asked t o get the c onfiguration settings f rom your service provider (net work servic e). Conf irm or decline the query. See " Connect t o service provider support ," p. 58 and â Configuration settings service,â p. 10. â Ante nna Your dev ice has a n intern al antenna. No te: A s wi th a ny other radi o transm itting devi ce, do not to uch the antenna un neces sarily w hen the device is switched o n. Con tact wi th the antenna affects cal l quality and may ca use the devic e to op er ate at a h ighe r pow er le vel than otherwis e needed. A voiding conta ct with th e anten na area when operat ing the devi ce optimiz es the anten na performance and the battery life. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 14 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Ge t star ted 15 â Wrist s trap To att ach a wrist strap to the bottom of the phone , open t he back cov er. Thread the lace ar ound the hook (1) as s hown in the picture. Hold the lace in its position and c lose the back cove r (2). RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 15 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Your p hone 16 2. Y our pho ne â Keys an d part s ⢠Power k ey (1) ⢠Earpiece (2) ⢠Loudspeaker (3) ⢠Display (4) ⢠Volume up and push to talk (PTT) key (5) ⢠Volume down and voice command key (6) ⢠Infrared (IR ) port (7) ⢠Middle select ion key (8) ⢠4-way navigation key (9) ⢠Left select ion key (10) ⢠Right select ion key (11) ⢠Call key (12) ⢠End key (13) ⢠Keypad, may vary b y region (14) ⢠Charger connector (15) ⢠Microphone (16) ⢠Pop-Port TM connector (17) ⢠Camera lens (18) RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 16 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Your p hone 17 â Sta ndb y mode When the phone is r eady for use, and you have not entered any charact ers, the phone is in the s tandby mode. 1 Name of th e network o r operator logo 2 Signal strength of t he cellular net work 3 Battery char ge level 4 Left s election ke y ( Go to ) 5 Middle selection k ey ( Menu ) 6 Right selection key ( Names ) The right selection ke y may be a nother shortcut to a funct ion that you s elected. See âÂÂMy shortcuts ,â p. 52. Oper ator variant s may have an ope rator-sp ecific name t o access an operator-specific Web site. Person al shor tcut list The left selection k ey is Go t o . To v iew the funct ions in the per sonal shortcut list, select Go t o . To ac tivate a funct ion, select it. To vie w a list wit h available functions, select Go to > Options > Sel ect options . To add a function t o the shortcut list, select Mark . To remov e a function fr om the list, select Unm ark . To rearr ange the functions on y our personal shortcut lis t, select Go t o > Options > Organise . Select the desired f unction, Move , and the place wher e you want t o move the function. Short cuts in st andb y mo de ⢠To ac cess the lis t of dialed numbers, press the call key once. Scroll to a number or name; to call the number, press the c all key. ⢠To open the Web browse r, press and hold 0 . ⢠To ca ll your voice ma ilbox, pres s and hold 1 . ⢠Use t he navigation key as a s hortcut. See âÂÂMy shortcut s,â p. 52. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 17 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Your p hone 18 Pow er sa ving A digital clock view overwrites th e display when no function of t he phone has b een used for a c ertain period of time. To a ctivate th e power save r, see Pow e r s a v e r i n âÂÂDis play,â p. 52. To deact ivate the scre en saver , press any k ey. Indicato rs You have unread messages. The phone registered a missed call. See âÂÂLog,â p. 50. The k eypad is loc ked. See âÂÂKeypad lock (keyguard),â p. 19. The phone does not r ing for an incoming call or text message whe n Incoming call alert and Mes sage alert tone ar e set to Off . See âÂÂTones,â p. 51. The alarm clock is set to On . Se e âÂÂAlarm clock,â p. 65. If the packet da ta connection mode Always online is select ed, the packet da ta service is available. Se e âÂÂPacket data (EGPRS),â p. 56. A packet data connect ion is esta blished. See âÂÂPacket data (EGPRS),â p. 56 and âÂÂB rowse pages, â p. 82. The pa cket da ta connection is suspended (on hold), for e xample, if there is an incoming or outgoing call during a packet data dial-up c onnection. When the infrared c onnection is act ivated, the indicator is shown continuously. Push to t alk connect ion is active or suspended. See âÂÂPush to talk,â p. 73. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 18 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Your p hone 19 â K eypad lo ck (k eygu ard) To preve nt the keys fr om being accident ally press ed, select Menu , and press * within 3.5 s econds to lock the keypad. To unlock the ke ypad, selec t Unlock , and pres s * within 1.5 seconds. If the Secu rity key guard is set On , enter the securit y code if r equested. To ans wer a call when t he keyguar d is on, pr ess the call key. Whe n you end or reject the call, the keypad automatically locks. For Automatic k eyguard and Security key guard , see âÂÂPhon e,â p. 54. When the keyguard is on, calls stil l may be possible to the official eme rgency number progr ammed into your d evice. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 19 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Call functi ons 20 3. Ca ll funct ions â Make a call 1. Enter the phone number, including the area code . For internat ional calls, press * twice for t he internat ional prefix (the character replaces the international access code), then enter the country code , the area code without t he leading 0, if neces sary, and the phone number. 2. To call t he number, pr ess the c all key. 3. To end t he call or t o cancel t he call att empt, press t he end key. To make a call using names, search f or a name or phone number in Contacts . See âÂÂSearch for a contact,â p. 43. Press the c all ke y to ca ll the number. To access the list of up to 20 dialed numbers, press the call key once in the standby mode. To call t he number, select a number or na me, and press th e call ke y. Speed di aling Assign a phone number to one of the speed-dialing keys, 2 to 9 . See âÂÂSpeed dials,â p. 49. Call t he number in either of the f ollowing ways: ⢠Press a speed-dialing key, then pre ss the call key. â¢I f Speed dialling is set to On , press and hold a speed-di aling key until the cal l begins. See Speed dialling in âÂÂCall,â p. 54. â Answ er or reject a call To answer an incoming call, press th e call key . To end th e call, pres s the end key. To reject an incoming cal l, press t he end key . To mute the ringing tone, s elect Silence . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 20 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Cal l fu ncti ons 21 Tip: If the Divert if busy function is act ivated to div ert the calls (for example, to your v oice mai lbox), rejec ting an incoming call also diverts the call. See âÂÂCall,â p. 54. If a compat ible heads et with a he adset key is connect ed to the phone, to answer a nd end a call, press the headset key. Ca ll wa it ing To ans wer the wa iting call during an active call, pr ess the cal l key . The first c all is put on hold. To end t he active call , press t he end key . To ac tiv ate th e Call waiting function, see âÂÂC all,â p. 54. â Options d uring a cal l War ning: Do not hold the de vice near your ea r when th e loudspeaker is in use , because the vo lume may be e xtremely lo ud. Many of the options that you c an use during a ca ll are networ k services. For availa bility, contact your network operator or servi ce provider. During a call, select O ptions and fr om the following options: Call options are Mut e or Unm ut e , Con ta ct s , Menu , Auto volume on or Auto volume off , Re cor d , Lo ck keypad , Loudspeaker , or Handset . Network s ervices opt ions are Answer and Reje ct , Hold or Unhold , Ne w call , Add to conference , End c all , End all calls , and the f ollowing: Send DTMF â t o send tone s trings Swap â to switch between t he active ca ll and the call on hold Transf er â to connect a call on hold to an active c all and disconne ct your self Conference â to make a c onference call th at allows up to fiv e persons to take part in a conferen ce call Private call â to dis cuss privat ely in a conference call RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 21 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Write text 22 4. Wri te tex t You can enter t ext (for example, when writing me ssages) using traditional or predictive text input. When using traditional text input, press a number key, 1 to 9 , repeatedly until the desired character appears. In predic tive text input you can ent er a let ter with a s ingle keyp ress . When you are writing text, predictive text input is indicated by and traditional t ext input by at the t op left of th e display. , , or appear next to the text input indicator, indicating the character c ase. To change the character case and the text input mode, press # . indicates numbe r mode. To change from the letter to number mode, press and hold # , and select Number mode . To insert a special character, press and hold * . â Sett ings To set th e writing la nguage, select Options > W riting language . Predictive text input is only available fo r the language s listed. Select Options > Prediction on to set the predictive text input or Prediction off to set t raditional text input. â Predi cti ve te xt inpu t Predictive text input is ba sed on a built-in dictionary t o which you can add new words . 1. Start writing a word using th e 2 to 9 keys. Pr ess ea ch ke y only once for a sing le let ter. Th e word chang es af ter each keypres s. 2. When you have finished w riting the word and it is c orrect, to confirm it, pres s 0 to add a space , or scroll in any dir ection. Press a navigation key to move the cursor. If the w ord is n ot corre ct, press * repeatedly, or select O ptions > Matches . Select the correc t word and Use . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 22 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Write text 23 If ? is displayed after the w ord, the word y ou intended to wr ite is not in the dictionary. To add the word to t he dictionary, select Spell . Enter the word (traditional text input is us ed), and select Save . To enter a full st op, press 1 . 3. Start wr iting the next word. Wri te co mpou nd wo rd s Enter the first part of t he word, and scroll right t o confirm it. W rite the last par t of the wor d, and confir m the word. â Tradit ional te xt in put Press a number key, 1 to 9 , repeatedly until the desired character appears. Not all char acters a vailable under a number key are printed on the key. The character s available depend on the writing language. See âÂÂSettings,â p. 22. If the next letter you want is located on the same key as the present one, wait until the cursor appears, or press any of t he navigation keys and e nter th e lett er . The mos t common punctuation mar ks and spec ial characters are available under the 1 key. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 23 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Navi gate the men us 24 5. Naviga te t he m enus The phone off ers you an e xtensive range of f unctions, which are grouped into menus. 1. To access the menu, s elect Menu . To c hange the me nu view, s elect Options > Main menu v iew > List or Grid . 2. Scroll through t he menu, and s elect a submenu (for example, Settings ). 3. If the menu contains submenus, select the one that you want (for example, Call ). 4. If the s elected menu cont ains further subme nus, select the one that you want (for example, Anykey answer ). 5. Select the setting of your choice. 6. To return t o the previ ous menu level, se lect Back . To exit th e menu, sel ect Exit . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 24 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 25 6. Messages The mes sage services ca n only be used if the y are supported by your ne twork or your service provider. Not e: When sen ding message s, your phone ma y display Mess age sen t . This is an i ndication that the messag e has been sen t by your device to the messa ge center number programmed in to your device. This is not an indica tion that th e message has been rece ived at the in tended destinat ion. For more details about messaging services , check with your service provid er. Important : Exerci se c aut ion w hen op ening me ssage s. M ess ages ma y contain malicious software or otherwise be harmful to your devi ce or PC. Only devices tha t have compatib le features can receive and display me ssag es. Th e app ear anc e of a me ssage ma y v ary depe ndin g on th e receiving device . â Text me ssage s (S MS) Using t he short message se rvice (SMS) you can send and receiv e multipart mes sages made of several ordinar y text me ssages (netwo rk service) that can contain pictures. Before yo u can send any t ext, picture, or e-mail mes sage, you must save your message center number. See âÂÂMessage settings ,â p. 40. To che ck SMS e-mail service ava ilability and to subscribe t o the s ervice, contact your service provider. Your device supports the sen ding of tex t mess ages beyond the chara cter limi t fo r a single message. Lo nger mess ages will be sent as a se ries of tw o or more messages. Your service provi der may charge accordin gly. Charact ers that use accents or other marks, and characters from some language options like Chinese, take up more s pace limitin g the nu mber of char acters that can be sent in a single message. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 25 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 26 Wr ite an d send an SMS me ssa ge 1. Select Menu > Mes saging > Create message > Text message . 2. Enter a me ssage. See â Write text,â p. 22. At the t op of the display, the message length indicator tracks the number of av ailable charact ers. For example , 10/2 means t hat you can still add 10 characters for the text to be sent as two messages. To insert t ext templates or a pictur e into the me ssage, see âÂÂTemplates, â p. 27. Eac h picture mes sage comprise s several te xt messages. Se nding one picture or multipart message may cost mor e than sending one t ext mess age. 3. To send th e mess age, sele ct Send > Recently used , To phone number , To man y , or To e-mail address . To send a mes sage using a pr edefined message profile, select Via sending profile . For the message profile, see âÂÂText and SMS e-mail,â p. 40. Select or enter a phone number or e-mail address, or select a profile. Read and rep ly t o an S MS m essage is shown when you rece ived an SMS message or an SMS e-mail. The blinking indicat es that the message memory is full. Befor e you can receive new messages, dele te some of your old messages in t he Inbox folder. 1. To view a new message, select Show . To view it later, selec t Ex it . To read the message later, select Menu > Messaging > Inbox . If more than one me ssage is receiv ed, selec t the message t hat you want to read. indicates an unread message. 2. While reading a message, select Options and delete or forward the message; edit the message as a text message or an SMS e-mail; rename the message you are reading or move it t o another folder; or view or ext ract mes sage details. You can als o copy text from the beginning of the me ssage to your phone calendar as a reminder note. To save t he picture in the Templates f older when reading a picture message, se lect Save pict ure . 3. To reply as a mess age, select Reply > Text message , Multimedia msg. , Flash message , or Audio message . Enter the reply messa ge. When RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 26 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 27 replying t o an e-mail, first confirm or edit the e- mail address an d subject . 4. To s end the message to the dis played number, se lect Send > OK . Tem pl ate s Your pho ne has text te mplates and pict ure templates that you can use in t ext, picture, or SMS e- mail messages. To ac cess the t emplate list , select Menu > Messaging > Saved items > Text messages > T emplates . â Mu ltime dia me ssag es (MM S) A multimedia mes sage can c ontain text, sound, a picture, a calendar note, a business ca rd, or a v ideo clip. If t he messag e is too larg e, the phone may not be able to receive it . Some net works allow text mes sages that include an Internet address where you can vie w the multimedia message. You cannot receive multimedia messages during a call, a game, anothe r Java application, or an active browsi ng session over GSM data. Bec ause delivery of multimedia message s can fail for various r easons, do not rely solely upon them for es sential communications. Wri te an d sen d an M MS mes sage To set the settings f or multimedia messaging, see âÂÂMultimedia,â p. 40. To che ck availability and to subs cribe to th e multimedia mes saging service , contact y our service provider . Co pyright protec tions m ay prev ent som e images, music (inc luding r inging t ones) , and other con tent from being copied, mod ified, transferred or forwarde d. 1. Select Menu > Messaging > Create mes sage > Multimedia msg. . 2. Enter a message. See âÂÂWrite text,â p. 22. To ins ert a file, s elect Options > Insert and from the following options: Image , Sound c lip , or Video clip â to ins ert a file fr om Gallery New ima ge â to take a new image t o be added to the messag e RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 27 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 28 New so und clip â to make a new recording to be added to t he message Business card or Calendar note â to insert a business c ard or a calendar note in the messa ge Slide â to inser t a slide to the message. Your phone supports multimedia messa ges that contain several pages (slide s). Each slide can cont ain text, one image, a cale ndar note, a business car d, and one sound c lip. To open a desired slide if the message contains several slide s, select Options > Previous s lide , Next slide , or Slide list . To set t he interval between the s lides, select O ptions > Slide timing . To move the text component to the t op or bottom of the message, sel ect Options > Plac e text firs t or Place text last . The following opt ions may a lso be avail able: Dele te to de lete an image, slide, or sound clip from the message, Clear text , Pr eview , or Save message . In More options the f ollowing options may be available: Insert contact , Insert number , Message details , and Edit subject . 3. To send th e mess age, sele ct Send > Recently used , To phone number , To e- mail address , or T o many . 4. Select the contact from the lis t, or enter the recipientâÂÂs phone number or e-mail address, or search for it in Contac ts . Se lect OK . The message is moved to the Outbox folder f or sending. While the mult imedia message is being sent, the animated indicat or is displayed and you can use other functions on the phone. If the sending fails, the phone tries to resend it a few times. If this fails, the message remains in the Outbox folder, and you can try to r esend it later. If you select Save s ent messages > Yes , the sent me ssage is s aved in the Sent items folder. See â Multimedia,â p. 40. When the message is sent, it is not an indication that the me ssage has been recei ved at t he intended destination. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 28 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 29 Rea d and re ply to an MMS m essag e Imp ort a nt: Exerci se ca ution when o pening mess ages. Multi media messag e objects ma y contain mali cious softw are or other wise be harmful to your devi ce or PC. When your phone receives a multimedia message, the animated is displaye d. When the mes sage has been received, and t he text Multimedia message received are shown. 1. To read the message, select Show . To view it lat er, select Exit . To read the message later, select Menu > Messaging > Inbox . In the list of messages, indicates an unread mes sage. Select t he message that you want to view. 2. The funct ion of the middl e select ion key cha nges accor ding to the currently displayed atta chment in the me ssage. To vie w the whol e message if the receiv ed message cont ains a present ation, a sound cli p, or a video clip, s elect Play . Select Options to access Attachments (for e xample, a busi ness card) and Object s (for example, ima ges). 3. To reply to the message, select O ptions > Reply > Text message , Multimedia msg. , Flash message , or Audio mes sage . E nter the reply message, a nd select Send . Select Options to access available options. â Memo ry ful l When you have receiv ed a new text messag e and the message me mory is full, blinks and Text msgs. memory f ull. Delete msgs. i s shown. Select No , and delete some messages from a folder. To discard t he waiting message, select Exit > Ye s . When you have a ne w multimedia me ssage waiting a nd the memory for the messages is full, blinks and Multimedia memor y full. View waiting msg. is shown. To view t he waiting message, sele ct Show . Before y ou can save t he waiting message, delet e old messages to free memory space. To save the message, select Save . To discard the waiting message, s elect Ex i t > Ye s . If y ou select No , you can view t he message. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 29 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 30 â Folder s The phone s aves receiv ed text and multimedia messages in the Inbox folder. Multimedia messages t hat have not yet bee n sent are moved to the Outbox fo l der. If you have selec ted Message settings > Text messages > Save sent messages > Ye s , and Message settings > Multimedia msgs. > Save sent messages > Ye s , the sent messages ar e saved in the Sent items fo l der. To save t he text mes sage that you are writing a nd wish t o send later in the Save d items folder, select Options > Save message > Saved text msgs. . For mult imedia messages, select the opt ion Save message . indicates unse nt messages. To organize y our text messages , you can mov e some of them to My folders or ad d new folders for your messages . Select Messaging > Sav ed items > Text messages > My folders . To add a f older, select Options > Add folder . If you have not saved any folders, select Add . To delete or rename a f older, scroll to t he desired f older, and s elect Options > D elete folder or Rename folder . â Po s t c a r d s With the postcard messaging se rvice you can create and send postcards that may c ontain an image and a greeti ng text. The postcard is s ent to the service provider using multimedia messaging. The service provider prints the pos t card, a nd sends it t o the post al address given wit h the message. The Multimedia mess aging service must be activat ed before this service can be us ed. This featur e may not be a vailable, depending on your phone. Before you can u se the postcard service, you must su bscribe to the service. To check the av ailabili ty and costs, and to subscribe to the se rvice, contact your netwo rk opera tor or serv ice provi der. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 30 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 31 Send a postca rd Select Menu > Messaging > Create message > Po st ca r d . Scroll t o the editor fields , and sel ect Writ e to ent er the name and the pos tal address of the recipient; t hen write your g reeting text. Select Ins ert > Open Gallery to insert an ima ge from Gallery or N ew image to insert a recent photo. Select O ptions to see the available options. To send the postcard, selec t the gr aphical key, or select O ptions > Send . â Flash messag es Flash messages are t ext message s that are instantly displayed upon reception. Write a flas h message Select Menu > Messaging > Create message > Flash me ssage . Write your mess age. The max imum length of a flas h message i s 70 characters. To insert a blinking te xt into the message, select Op tions > Insert blink cha r . to set a marker. The text after the ma rker blinks until a second marker is inserted. Receive a fl ash mess age A received flash mess age is not automati cally save d. To read t he message, s elect Re ad . To ext ract phone numbers , e-mail addr esses, a nd Web site addresses f rom the curr ent message, select Options > Use detail . To sav e the m es sa g e, se le c t Save and t he folder in which you wan t t o sa ve the me ssa ge. â Nokia Xpres s audio mess aging With t his menu, use t he multimedia message service to creat e and send a voic e message in a convenient w ay. Multimedia messaging s ervice must be a ctivated befor e this servic e can be us ed. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 31 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 32 Cre ate an d send an au dio me ssa ge 1. Select Menu > Mes saging > Create message > Audio mes sage . The recorder opens . To use the record er, see âÂÂRecor der,â p. 64. 2. Whe n the mess ag e is read y to se nd, sele ct Options > Play to check the message before sending, Replac e sound clip to re peat th e recording, Save message (to Saved items ), Sav e sound clip to sav e the recording in Gallery , Edit subject to insert a subject to t he message, Message details t o view t he message det ails, or Louds peaker or Ha ndset . 3. To send th e mess age, sele ct Send > Recently used , To phone number , To e- mail address , or T o many . Depending on your operator, mor e options may be available. 4. Select the contact from the lis t, enter the recipientâÂÂs phone number or e-mail address, or s earch for it in Contacts . Select OK , and the message is moved to the Outbox folder f or sending. Rece ive a n au dio mes sage When your phone is receiving an audio message, 1 audio message rece ived is shown. Sele ct Show to open t he message, or select Show > Play if there is more than one messa ge received. Select Options to see the ava ilable options. To listen to the me ssage later, s elect Exit . To save th e me ss age, sele ct Options > Save sound clip and the folder in which you want to save the message. â Inst ant mess aging (I M) Instant messaging (network service) is a way t o send shor t, simple text messages to online users. Before you can use instant me ssaging, you must subscribe to the service. To check the availabili ty and costs, and to subscribe to the service, contact your net work operator or service provider, fr om whom you also receive your unique I D, password, and settings. To set the r equired setti ngs for the ins tant messaging se rvice, see Connect. settings in âÂÂAccess the IM me nu,â p. 33. The icons and texts on the display ma y va ry, depending on t he instant me ssaging service. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 32 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 33 Depending on the network, the act ive instant mes saging conversa tion may co nsume the phone battery f aster, and you may need to connect the phone to a charger. Access the IM m enu To ac cess the me nu while still of fline, select Menu > Messaging > Instant messages . If more than one set of connection sett ings for the instant messaging service is available, select t he desired one. If there is only one set defined, it is selecte d automatically. The following options are shown: Login â to connect to the ins tant mess aging service Saved conv ers. â t o view, eras e, or rename the instant me ssaging conversations that you hav e saved during the instant messaging session Connect. settings â to edit th e settings needed for messaging and presence con nection Conne ct to the IM se rvi ce To conne ct to the instant messaging service, open the Ins tant messages menu, acti vate an instant messa ging service, and s elect Login . When the phone has successfully c onnected, L ogged in is displayed. To dis connect from t he instant me ssaging service, select Logout . Start a n IM session Open the Instant messages menu, and connect t o the ser vice. Start the servic e in differe nt way s. â¢S e l e c t Conversations to view the list of new and r ead instant messages or invitations for instant messa ging during the act ive instant messaging session. Scroll to t he message or invitation that you want, and select Open to read the messa ge. indicates th e new and read group me ssages. indicat es the new and the read instant messages. indicates the invitations. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 33 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 34 The icons and texts on the display may vary, depe nding on the instant messaging service. ⢠Select IM contacts to vie w the contacts that you hav e added. Scr oll to the cont act with w hom you would lik e to chat , and select Chat or Ope n if a new cont act is s hown in the list. To add c ontacts, see âÂÂContacts for IM,â p. 36. indicates t he online and the offline contacts in the phone contacts memory. indicates a blocke d contact. indicates a contact t hat has been s ent a ne w message. ⢠Select G roups > Public groups to display the list of book marks to public groups provided by the netw ork operator or service provider. To start an instant messaging session with a group, scroll to a group, and select Join . Enter your screen name that you want to use in the conversation. W hen you have success fully joined the group conversation, you can st art a group conve rsation. To create a private group, see âÂÂG roups,â p. 36. ⢠Select Search > Use rs or G roups to se arch for othe r instant messaging users or public gr oups on the network by phone number, screen name, e-mail address , or name. If you select Groups , you can search for a group by a member in the group or by group name, t opic, or ID. T o start the conve rsation wh en you have found the us er or the group that you w ant, select Options > Chat or Join group . To start a conversation from Contacts , see âÂÂV iew the subscribed names,â p. 46. Accept or re ject an invitation In the sta ndby mode, when you are connected to t he instant messaging service a nd you rec eive a new invitation, Ne w invitation re ceived is displayed. T o read it, select Read . If more than one invitation is receiv ed, scroll to t he invitation you want, and select Ope n . To join the private group conversat ion, select Acce pt , and enter t he screen name ; or to reject or de lete t he invitation, s elect Options > Re jec t or Delete . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 34 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 35 Read a re cei ve d i n stan t mes sa ge In the standby mode, when you are connected to the ins tant messaging service , and you receive a new message that is not a message associated with an active conversat ion, New instant message is displaye d. To read it , s elec t Re ad . If you receiv e more than one message, scroll to the message, a nd select Open . New messages receiv ed during an active c onversation are held in Instant messages > Conversations . If you re ceive a mes sage from someone who is not in IM contacts , t he sender ID is displayed. T o save a new contact that is not in the phone memory, select Options > Save contact . Particip ate in a convers ation To join or start an instant messaging se ssion, select Writ e . Write your message, a nd select Send or press the call key to se nd it. Select Options to access available options: V iew conv ersation , Save contact , Group membe rs , Block contact , and End conversation . Edit your ava ilabilit y status 1. Open the Instant messages menu, and connect to the ins tant messaging s ervice. 2. To vie w and edit your own availabilit y information or screen name, sel ect Settings . 3. To allow all the other instant messaging us ers to see y ou when you are online, select A vailabilit y > A vailable for all . To allow only the contacts on your instant messaging contact lis t to see you when you a re online, select A vailability > A vail. for contacts . To appea r as being of fline, select A vailability > Appear offline . When you are connect ed to the ins tant messaging s ervice, indicates that you are online, and indicates th at you are not visible to others. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 35 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 36 Cont acts fo r IM To add contact s to t he instant messaging contacts l ist, connect to the instant messaging service, a nd select IM contacts . To add a c ontact to the list, select Options > Add contact , or if you hav e no contacts added, sel ect Ad d . Sele ct Enter ID manually , Search from serv . , Copy from server , or By mobile number . Scroll to a contact, and to start a conversatio n, select Chat or Options > Contact info , Block c ontact or Unblock contact , A dd contact , Re move contact , Change list , Copy t o server , or Availability alerts . Block an d unblo ck messages To block messages, connect to the instant messaging se rvice, and select Conversations > IM contacts ; or join or start a conversation. Scr oll to the contact from whom you want to block incoming mes sages, and sel ect Options > Block contact > OK . To unblock the messages, connect to t he instant messaging service, and sel ect Blocked list . Scroll t o the contact from whom y ou want to unblock the message s, and se lect Unblock . Grou ps You can creat e your own privat e groups for an instant messaging conversation, or use the public groups provided by the se rvice provider. The privat e groups exis t only during an instant messaging c onversation. The groups are saved on the server of t he service provider. If the server you are logged on to does not support group s ervices, all group-related menus are dimmed . Publi c group s You can bookmark public groups t hat your s ervice provider may maintain. Connect to t he instant messaging service, and se lect Public groups . Scroll to a group with w hich you want to ch at, and selec t Join . If you are not in t he group, enter your screen name as your nickname for the group. T o delete a gr oup from your gr oup list, select O ptions > Delete group . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 36 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 37 To s earch for a group, select Groups > Public groups > Search groups . You can s earch for a group by a member in the group, group name, topic, or ID. Priva te group s Connect to the instant messaging s ervice, and select Groups > Create group . Enter the name for the group and the screen name th at you want to use. Mark the private group me mbers in the contacts list , and write an invit ation. â E- mail ap plicatio n The e- mail applicat ion allows you to access your compatible e-mail account from your phone when you are not in the of fice or at home. This e-mail application is diffe rent from the SMS and MMS e-mail function. Your phone support s POP3 and IMAP4 e-mail servers. Before y ou can send a nd retrieve any e-mail, you may need t o do the following: ⢠Obtain a new e-mail ac count or use t he current one. For avail ability of your e-mail acc ount, contact your e-mail s ervice provider . ⢠For the settings required for e-mail, cont act your e -mail service provider. You may receiv e the e-mail c onfiguration settings as a configuration mes sage. See âÂÂConfiguration se ttings service,â p. 10. You can a lso enter the settings manual ly. See âÂÂConfiguration,â p. 58. To acti vate the e -mail se ttings , se lect Menu > M essaging > Message settings > E- mail messages . See â E-mail,â p. 41. This application does not s upport keypad tones. Wri te and send an e-mail 1. Select Menu > Messaging > E-mail > Create e-mail . 2. Enter the recipientâÂÂs e-mail address, a subject, and the e-mail message. To att ach a file to the e- mail, select Options > Atta ch and the file in Gallery . 3. Select Send > Send now . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 37 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 38 Download e-mail 1. To access the e-mail applicat ion, select Menu > Mes saging > E-mail . 2. To download e -mail messages that hav e been se nt to your e-mail account, select Retrieve . To download ne w e-mail message s and to send e-mail that ha s been saved in the Outbox folde r, select Options > Retrieve and send . To download fir st the he adings of the new e -mail messages that have been sent to your e-mail a ccount, select O ptions > Che ck ne w e-mail . The n, to download the select ed e-mail, mark the des ired ones, and select Options > Retrieve . 3. Select the new message in I nbox . To view it later, s elect Back . indicates an unread message. Read an d rep ly to e-mai l Importan t: E xerci se cau tion w hen openin g me ssages . E-mail messages may contain ma licious software or otherw ise be harmful to your device o r PC. Select Menu > Mes saging > E-mail > Inbox and the de sired message. While reading the message, s elect Opt ions to view the available options. To reply t o an e-mail, select Reply > Empty s creen or Original text . To reply to many, select Options > Reply to all . Confirm or edit the e- mail address and subject; then write your reply. To send the message, select Send > Send now . Inbox and o ther folders Your phone save s e-mail that you have downloaded from y our e-mail account in the Inbox folder. Ot he r fo l de rs contains the follow ing folders: Dra fts for saving unfinished e-mail, Archive for organiz ing and saving your e-mail, Outbox for saving e-mail t hat has not been sent, and Sent items for saving e-mail that has bee n sent. To manage the folders and th eir e-mail c ontent, select Options > Manage folder . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 38 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 39 Del ete e-mail mes sages Select Menu > Mes saging > E-mail > Options > Manage folder and the desired folder . Mark the messages t hat you want to delete. T o delete them, se lect Options > De lete . Deleting an e-mail from your phone does not delete it from the e-mail server. To set the phone to delete t he e-mail also from the e -mail server, select Me nu > Mes saging > E- mail > Options > Extra s ettings > Leav e copy: > Delete retr . ms gs . â V oice mes sages The voice mailbox is a network servi ce and you may need to subscribe to it. For details, cont act y our service provider . To ca ll your v oice mailbox, s elect Menu > Messaging > V oice messages > L isten to voice messages . To enter, se arch for, or edit your voice mailbox number, select V oice mai lbox number . If s upported by t he network, indicates t hat there are new voice messages . Select Lis te n to call your voice mailbo x number. â Info mess ag es Select Menu > Messaging > Info messages . With th e Info messages network service, you can receive messages on v arious topics f rom your service provider. To check a vailability, topic s, and the relev ant topic numbers, c ontact your se rvice provider. â Ser vic e comm and s Select Menu > Messaging > Service commands . Write and send service requests (also known as USSD commands ) to your servi ce provider, such as a ctivation commands f or network s ervices. â Dele te me ssage s To delete all me ssages from a folder , select Menu > Messaging > Dele te messages and the folder f rom which you w ant to delet e the messa ges. Select Ye s , and if the folder contains unr ead messages, the phone asks whethe r you want to delete th em also. Se lect Yes again. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 39 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 40 â Mess age sett ing s Text a nd SMS e-mail The message settings affect the sending, receiving, and viewing of messages. Select Menu > Mes saging > Message settings > Text messages and from the following opt ions: Sending profile â If more than one message profile set is s upported by your SIM c ard, se lect t he set you wan t to chan ge. The following opt ions may be available: Mes sage centre number (delivered from your service provider), Mess ages sen t via , Message validity , Default recipient number (text me ssages) or E-mail ser ver (e-mail), D elivery report s , Use packet data , Reply v ia same centre (network s ervice), and Rename s ending profile . Save sent messages > Yes â Set the phone to save the sent text messages in the Sent items folder. Automatic resending > On â T he phone automatica lly attempts t o resend a t ext messag e, if the s ending has failed. Mu lt im ed ia The message settings affect the sending, receiving, and viewing of multimedia messa ges. Select Menu > Mes saging > Message settings > Multimedia msgs. and from the following opt ions: Save sent messages > Yes â to s et the phone to save sent multimedia messages in the Sent items folder Delivery reports â to ask the network to send deliver y reports about your messages (n etwork ser vice) Default slide timing â to define t he default time b etween s lides in multimedia messa ges Allow multimedia reception > Ye s or No â to receive or to block the multimedia messa ge. If you se lect In home network , you cannot receive multimedia messa ges when outside your home network . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 40 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 41 Incoming multimedia mes sages > Re tri eve , Retrieve manually , or Reject â to allow the r eception of multimedia messages aut omatically, manually after being prompted, or to reject the reception Configuration settings > Configuration â Only the conf igurations that support multimedia messaging are shown. Sele ct a service provider, Default , or Personal config. for multimedia messaging. Select Account and a mult imedia messaging s ervice account contained in th e active configuration set tings. Allow adverts â to receiv e or rejec t advertisements. This setting is not shown if Allow multimedia reception is s et to No . E-ma il The s ettings affect the sending, rece iving, a nd viewing of e- mail. You may receive the conf iguration settings for the e-mail application as a configur ation message. See âÂÂConfiguration settings service ,â p. 10. You can a lso enter the settings manual ly. See âÂÂConfiguration,â p. 58. To activate the settings for the e-mail application, select Menu > Messaging > Message settings > E-mail messages and from the following opt ions: Configuration â S el ec t t he s et tha t y ou wan t t o a c tiv ate. Account â Select an account pr ovided by th e service provider. My name â Enter your name or nick name. E-mail addres s â Ent er your e-mail addr ess. Include signature â You ca n define a signatur e that is automatically added t o the end of your e-mail whe n you w rite your mes sage. Reply-to addr ess â Enter the e-mail address to which you want t he replies to be sent. SMTP user name â Enter the name that you wa nt to use f or outgoing mail. SMTP password â Enter the pas sword that you want to use for outgoing mail. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 41 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Messages 42 Display terminal window â Select Ye s to perform manual user authentication for intranet connections. Incoming server type â Select POP3 or IM AP4 , depending on the type of e-mail system that you use. If both t ypes are supported, select IMAP4 . Incoming mail settings â Select available options for POP3 or IMAP4. Font s ize and smil eys Select Menu > Mes saging > Message settings > Other settings . To change the font size for reading and writing messages, select Font size . To replace character-base d smileys with graphical ones, se lect Graphical smileys > Ye s . â Mes sag e coun ter Select Menu > Mes saging > Message co unter for approximat e information on your r ecent communicat ions. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 42 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Cont act s 43 7. Contacts You can s ave names and phone numbers ( Contacts ) in the phone memory a nd in the SIM c ard memory. The phone memory may save contacts with numbers and text items. You can also s ave an image for a cer tain number of na mes. Names and numbe rs saved in the SIM card memory are indic ated by . â Search for a c ont act Select Menu > Contacts > Names . Scroll through the list of contacts, or enter the first letter of the na me for which you are searching. â Sa ve nam es an d phon e num bers Names and numbe rs are saved in the us ed memory. Selec t Menu > Contacts > Names > Options > A dd new contact . Enter th e nam e and the phone number. â Sa ve nu mbe rs, item s, or an i mage In the phone memory for contacts, y ou can save diff erent types of phone numbers and short t ext items per name. The fir st number you sa ve is automat ically set a s the d efault number. It is indic ated with a frame around the number type indicator (for example, ). When yo u select a na me (for example, to make a call), the default number is us ed unless you s elect another number. 1. Ensure t hat the memory in use is Phone or Phone and SIM . See âÂÂSettings,â p. 47. 2. Scroll t o the name to which you want to add a new number or text item, and select Details > O ptions > Add detail . 3. To add a number, selec t Number and a number type. To add another detail, s elect a text type or an image from Gallery . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 43 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Co ntac ts 44 To search for an ID from t he server of your service provider if you have connected to the presence service, select Us er I D > Sea r ch . See âÂÂMy presence,â p. 45. If only one ID is f ound, it is aut omatica lly saved. Otherwise, t o save th e ID, select Options > Save . To ente r th e ID, select Enter ID manually . 4. Enter the number or text it em; to save it, se lect OK . 5. To return to the s tandby mode, select Back > Exit . â Copy contac ts Search for the contact you want to copy, and select Options > Copy . You can copy names and phone number s from the phone contact memory to the SIM car d memory, or vice vers a. The SIM ca rd memor y can save names with one phone number a ttached to the m. â Edit co nt act d etails 1. Search for the contact you want to edit , select De tai ls , and scroll to the desir ed name, number, t ext item, or image. 2. To edit a name , number, o r text item, or to change an image, s elect Options > Edit name , Edit number , Edit detail , or Change image . To change the number type, s croll to t he desired numbe r, and select Options > Change t ype . To set the selected number as the default number, select Se t as default . You cannot edit an ID when it is on the IM contacts or Subscribed names list. â Dele te con tac ts or co nt act de tai ls To delete all the cont acts and t he details at tached to them f rom the phone or SIM card memory, select Me nu > Contacts > Delete all contacts > From phone mem. or F rom SIM card . Confirm with the secur ity code. To delete a contact, search f or the desired contact, and select Options > Delete contact . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 44 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Cont act s 45 To dele te a number, text item, or an image at tached to the c ontact, search for the c ontact, and s elect Details . Scroll t o the de sired detail, and se lect Options > Delete > Delet e number , Delete detail , or De lete image . Deleting an image from contact s does not delete it from Galler y . â Busin ess c ards You can s end and receiv e a personâÂÂs contact inf ormation from a compatible dev ice that supports the vCard standard as a business car d. To s end a business card, search f or the cont act whose information you want to send, and select Details > O ptions > Send bus. card > Via multimedia , Via t ext message , or Via infrared . When you hav e rece ived a busin ess card, select Show > Save to sav e the business c ard in the phone memory. To discard t he business c ard, select Exit > Ye s . â My pre sen ce With t he presence s ervice (network servic e) you can s hare your pres ence status wit h other us ers with compat ible devices and access to the service . Presence s tatus includes y our availability, status mess age, and personal logo. Other user s who have acc ess to t he service and who request your information ar e able to se e your st atus. The reques ted information is shown in Subscribed names in t he viewer sâ Contacts menu. You c an personalize the information that you want to share with others and c ontrol who can see your status. Before you can use presence, you must subscribe to the service. To check the availability and costs, a nd to subscribe t o the service, contact your network operator or service provider, from whom you als o receive your unique ID, pas sword, and t he settings f or the se rvice. See âÂÂConfiguration,â p. 58. While you are connected to the presence service, you can use t he other functions of the phone; the prese nce service is active in the bac kground. If you dis connect from t he service, your pres ence status is shown for a certain amount of time to viewers, depending on the s ervice provider. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 45 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Co ntac ts 46 Select Menu > Contacts > My pre sence and from the f ollowing options: Connect t o 'My prese nce' service or Disconne ct from service â to connect to or disconnect from t he service View my presenc e â to view th e statu s in Privat e pres. and Public presence Edit my pres ence â to cha nge your pres ence stat us. Select My availability , My presence mes sage , My presence logo , or Sho w to . My viewe rs > Curre nt viewers , Pr ivate list , or Blocked list Settings > Show current pres. in standby , Synchronise with profiles , Connection type , or Pr esenc e setti ngs â Subs cribed n ame s You can create a list of cont acts whose pres ence status informat ion you want to be aware of. You can view the infor mation if it is allowed by the contacts and the network. To vi ew these s ubscribed names, scroll through the contacts or use the Subscribed name s menu. Ensure that th e memory in us e is Phone or Phone and SIM . See âÂÂSettings, â page 47. To connect to the pr esence service, s elect Menu > Contacts > My presence > Connect to 'My prese nce' ser vice . Add conta cts to the subs cri bed n ame s 1. Select Menu > Contacts > Subsc ribed names . 2. If you hav e no c ontacts on your list, select Add . Otherwise, s elect Options > Subs cribe new . The list of y our contacts is shown. 3. Select a cont act from t he list, and if t he contact ha s an user ID s aved, the contact is added to the subscribed na mes list. View the s ubscrib ed names To view the presenc e information, se e âÂÂSearch for a contact ,â p. 43. 1. Select Menu > Contacts > Subsc ribed names . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 46 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Cont act s 47 The s tatus information o f the first contact on th e subscribed names list is displa yed. The information that the person wants to give to the others may include text and some of the following icons: , , or indicates t hat the per son is available , not vis ible to others, or not available. indicates that the personâÂÂs presence information is not available. 2. Select Det ails to view the de tails of th e selected contact; or select Options > Subscribe new , Chat , Se nd message , Send bus. card , or Unsub scribe . Unsubscribe a contact To unsubscribe a contact from the Contacts list, s elect the c ontact and Details > the us er ID > Options > Unsubscribe > OK . To unsubscribe, use t he Subsc ribed names menu. See âÂÂView the subscribed names,â p. 46. â Sett in gs Select Menu > Cont a ct s > Settings and from the following opt ions: Memory in use â to select SIM card or phone memory for yo ur contacts . Select Phone and SIM to recall names and number from both memories. In that c ase, when you save names and numbers, t hey are saved in the phone memory. Contacts view â to se lect how the names and numbers in contac ts are displaye d Memory status â to view the free and used memo ry capacity â Grou ps Select Menu > Cont a ct s > Groups to arrange the names and phone numbers saved in the memory into caller groups with dif ferent ringing tones and group images. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 47 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Co ntac ts 48 â V oice dia ling You can make a phone call by saying a voice t ag that has been added to a phone number. Any spoken wor ds, such as a name, can be a voice tag. The number of voice tags you can creat e is limited. Before us ing voice ta gs, note the following : ⢠Voi ce t ags ar e not la nguage -dep ende nt. They are depende nt o n the sp eake r's voice. ⢠You must say the name exactly a s you said it when you recorded it . ⢠Voi ce tag s are se nsitiv e to bac kground noise. R ecord voice tags an d use them in a quiet en vironmen t. ⢠Very short n ames are not ac cepted . Use long n ames and avo id similar n ames for different numbers. Note: Using voi ce tags may be difficul t in a noisy environmen t or during an emergency, so you should n ot rely solel y upon voice dialling in all circumstances. Add an d manag e voice tags Save or copy the cont acts to the phone memo ry for which y ou want to add a voic e tag. You can also add v oice tags to t he names in the SIM card, but if you replac e your SIM card with a new one, you must first delete the old voice tags befor e you can add new ones. 1. Search for the conta ct to which you want to a dd a voice t ag. 2. Select Details , scroll to the desired phone numbe r, and select Options > Add voi ce tag . 3. Select Start , and say clearly the words you want to reco rd as a voice tag. After recording, the phone plays t he recorded tag. appears behind the phone number with a voice t ag in Contacts . To check the voic e tags, se lect Menu > Con ta ct s > Voice tags . Scroll to the contact with the voice tag that you want, and select an option t o listen to, delete, or change the recorded voice tag. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 48 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Cont act s 49 Make a call with a voice tag If the phone has an application r unning that is sending or r eceiving data using a packet data connection, you must end the application before voice dialing. 1. In the standby mode, pres s and hold the volume dow n key. A short tone is heard, and Speak now is displayed. 2. Say t he voice t ag clearly. The phone plays th e recognized v oice tag, and dials the phone number of the voic e tag after 1.5 s econds. If you ar e using a compatible headset wit h the headset key, press and hold the headset key to start the voice dialing. â Spee d di al s To as sign a number to a speed-dialing k ey, sele ct Menu > Contacts > Speed dials , and scroll to the speed-dialing number that you want . Select Assi g n , or if a number has already be en assigned to the key , sel ect Options > Change . Select Sear ch , the name, then the number you want to assign. If the Speed dialling function is off, t he phone asks whether you want to activate it. See also Speed dialling in âÂÂCall,â p. 54. To mak e a call using t he speed-dia ling keys, see âÂÂSpeed dialing,â p. 20. â Info , s erv ic e, and my nu mbe rs Select Menu > Cont a ct s and from t he following functions: Info numbers â to call the informat ion numbers of your service provide r if the numbers are included on your SIM card (network service) Service number s â to call the service number s of your service provider if the numbers are included on your SIM card (n etwork service) My numbers â to view t he phone numbers assigned to your SIM ca rd, if the numbers are included on your SIM ca rd RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 49 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Log 50 8. Log The phone regis ters the phone numbers of identified missed, received , and d ialed calls; a nd the approximate le ngth of your calls. Se lect Menu > Log . The phone regis ters if it is switched on a nd within th e network service area, and t he network supports these functions. â Rece nt call s lis ts When you selec t Options in the Missed calls , Received c alls , Dialled numbers , or Message recipients menu, you can view the time of the call; edit, view, or call the registered phone number ; add it to the memory; or delete it from the li st. You can also s end a text message. To dele te the recent calls lists, select Menu > Log > Clear log lists . â Coun ter s an d ti mer s Note: The actual invoice for calls and se rvices from your service provider may vary, depending upon ne twork features, rounding off for billing , taxes, a nd so forth. Some timers , including the life timer, ma y be reset durin g service or software upgrad es. Select Menu > Lo g > Call duration , Packet data counter , or Packet data conn. timer for approximate information on your recent communications. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 50 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Settings 51 9. Setti ng s â Prof iles Your phone has various sett ing groups, called profiles, for w hich you can customize the phone tones for different ev ents and envir onments. Select Menu > Settings > Pr ofiles . Sc roll to a prof ile, and se lect it. To ac tivate the selected pr ofile, selec t Ac tiv ate . To set the profile to be active until a cert ain time up to 24 hours, select Timed , and set the time the pr ofile setting sh all end. When t he time set for the pr ofile expir es, the previous profile that was not time d becomes act ive. To personaliz e the profile, select P ersonalise . Select the sett ing you want to c hange, an d make the changes. T o cha nge your pr esence status informat ion, select My presence > My availability or My presence message . The My pr esence menu is available if y ou set Synchronise with profiles to On . See âÂÂMy presenc e,â p. 45. â Th em es A theme cont ains many e lements for pers onalizing your phone, such a s wallpaper, s creen save r, color scheme, and a r inging tone. Select Menu > Settings > Themes and from the following options: Select theme â to set a theme in your phone. A list of f olders in G allery opens. Open the Theme s folder, and se lect a theme. Theme downloads â to open a list of links to download more themes. See âÂÂDownload files ,â p. 85. â Tones You can c hange the s ettings of the s elected active p rofile. Select Menu > Settings > T ones . Select and change Incoming call aler t , Ringing tone , Ringing volume , Vibrating alert , Push to talk settings , Message alert tone , Instant message alert tone , Keypad t ones , a nd RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 51 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Settings 52 Warning t ones . You can find the same settings in the Profiles menu. See âÂÂProfiles,â p. 51. If you s ele ct th e h ig he st r in g in g to n e le ve l, th e ring in g t on e rea ch es it s h ig he st level aft er a few sec onds. To set the phone to ring only for calls from phone numbers that be long to a selec ted caller gr oup, select Alert for . Scroll to t he caller group you want or All c alls , and select Mark . â Lig hts Select Menu > Settings > Lights > Light effects > On to ac tiv ate t he light effect s of the phone, for ex ample, as a r eminder for missed c alls. â My shor tcu ts With personal shortcuts, you get quick access to often used functions of the phone. To manage the s hortcuts, se lect Menu > Settings > My shortcuts and from the following opt ions: Right selection key â to select a function from the list f or the right selection ke y. See als o âÂÂStandby mode ,â p. 17. This menu ma y not be shown, depe nding on your service provider. Navigation key â to select shortcut funct ions for the navigation ke y. Scroll to th e desired na vigation key , select Change and a function f rom the list. To remove a shortcut function from the key, select (empty) . T o reassign a function for the key, select Assig n . This menu may not be shown, depe nding on your service provider. V oice commands â to ac tivate phone funct ions by s aying a voic e tag. Select a folder, scroll to a f unction to which you want to add a voice tag, and select Add . indicates a voice tag. To a ctivate a voice command, see âÂÂMa ke a call with a voice t ag,â p. 49. â Disp lay Select Menu > Settings > D isplay and from the f ollowing options: Wallpaper â to add t he background image to the display in the s tandby mode. To a ctivate or deac tivate the wallpaper, se lect On or Off . Select RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 52 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Settings 53 Select wallpaper to select an image from the Gallery or Select slide set and a folder in the G allery t o use the images in the folder as a slide set . To downloa d more images fo r wallpaper , select Gr aphic downloads . Screen s aver > On â to activate the screen saver for the main display. To set the time a fter w hich th e scr een sav er is ac tivat ed, s elect Time-out . To selec t a graphic for the sc reen saver, select Image and an image or a graphic from the Gallery . Select Slide set and a folder in th e Galler y to use the images in t he folder as a slide set. T o download mor e images for the screen sav er, select Graphic downloads . Powe r s av e r > On â t o save s ome battery pow er. A digital c lock is displaye d when no funct ion of the phone is used for a certain t ime. Colour schemes â to change the color of the menu background and the signal a nd battery bar s Standby mode font colour â to s elect the color f or the te xts on the display in the standby mode Operator logo â to set your phone to displ ay or hide the operator logo. The menu is dimmed if y ou have not saved the operat or logo. For more information on a vailability of an operator logo, contact your network opera tor or service provider. â Tim e and da te To cha nge the t ime, time zone, and date s ettings, select Menu > Settings > T ime and date > Clock , Date , or Auto-update of dat e & time (network s ervi ce). When traveli ng t o a different time zone, select Men u > Set tings > T ime and date > Clock > Time zone and the time zone of your location in terms of the time difference with respect to Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) or Univers al Time Coordinated (UTC). The time and date are set according to the t ime zone and enable your phone to display t he correct sending time of receive d text or multimedia messa ges. For exa mple, GMT -5 denot es the time z one for New York (U SA), 5 hours west of Greenwic h/London (UK). RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 53 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Settings 54 â Call Select Menu > Settings > Call and from the following options: Automatic volume control â to set the phone to automatically adjust the output volume according t o the background nois e Call divert (network s ervice) â t o divert your incoming calls. You may not be a ble to divert y our call, if some call barring functions ar e active. See Call barring service in â Security,â p. 59. Anykey answer > On â to answer an incoming call, briefly press any key, except the end key a nd the lef t and right s election ke ys. Automatic redial > On â to set y our phone to mak e a maximum of 10 attempts to connect the call af ter an unsuccessful call attempt Speed dialling > On â to activate s peed dialling. To s et up speed dialling, see âÂÂSpeed di als,â p. 49. To dial, pres s and hold the c orresponding number ke y. Call waiting > Activ ate â to s et the network to notify you of an incoming call w hile you have a ca ll in progress (net work service ). See âÂÂCall waiting,â p. 21. Summary after call > On â to briefly display th e approximate duration and cost (networ k service) of the call after each c all Send my caller ID (network serv ice) > Set by netw ork , Ye s , or No Line for outgoing calls (network servic e) â to se lect the phone line 1 or 2 to make calls, if su pported by yo ur SIM card â Phon e Select Menu > Settings > Phone and from the f ollowing options: Phone language â to s et the display a nd writing language Memory status â to vie w the fr ee memory and t he used me mory in Gallery , Messaging , and Applications Automatic keyguard â to set the keypad of your phone t o lock automatically aft er a preset time de lay when the phone is in the standby mode and no funct ion of the phone has been us ed. Select On , and set the time from 5 seconds to 60 minutes. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 54 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Settings 55 Secur ity keyguard â to set the phon e to ask for the secu rity code whe n you unlock the key guard. Enter t he security code, and select On . When the keyguard is on, calls stil l may be possible to the official eme rgency number progr ammed into your d evice. Cell info display > On â to r eceive informa tion from the network operator depe nding on the ne twork cell used (network service) Welcome note â to enter a welcome note t o be show n briefly whe n the phone is switched on Operator selection > Aut omatic â to set the phone automatica lly to select one of the c ellular networks available in y our area. W ith Manual , you can select a network that has a roaming agreement with your home network operato r. Confirm SIM service actions â See âÂÂSIM services ,â p. 90. Help text activation â to se lect whether the phone shows help te xts Start-up tone â to select whether the phone plays a start-up tone when the phone is switched on â Conne ctivi ty You can c onnect your phone to compatible devices us ing an infrared connection. You can also define the settings for packet data di al-up connections. Infrared You can s end or receive data to or from a compatible phone or data device (for example, a computer) through the infrared (IR) port of your phone. To use an IR connect ion, the device with which you want to establish a conne ction must be IrDA compliant. Do not point the IR (infrared ) beam at anyone's e yes or allow it to in terfere with other IR devices. Infrare d devices are Class 1 laser products. When sending or r eceiving data, ensure that the IR ports of the sending and r eceiving devices are pointing at each other and that t here are no obstruc tions between the devices. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 55 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Settings 56 To activat e the IR port of your phone t o receive dat a using IR, selec t Menu > Settings > Connec tivity > Infrared . To deactivate the IR connection, select Men u > Setting s > Connectivity > Infrared . When the phone displays Deactivate inf rared? , sel ect Ye s . If data tr ansfer is not star ted within 2 minutes after the activation of the IR port, t he connect ion is cance led and must be s tarted again. IR c on nec ti on i ndi ca tor When is shown continuously, the IR conne ction is act ivated, and your phone is ready to s end or receive data through its IR port. When blinks , your phone is trying to c onnect to the other device, or a connection has been lost. Pac ket data (E GPRS ) Enhanced general pa cket r adio service (EG PRS), packet data, is a network s ervice that allows mobile phones to send a nd receive data over an Internet pr otocol (IP)-based network. It enables wireless acces s to data n etwo rks su ch as the I ntern et. The applications that may us e packet data are MMS, browsing ses sions, e-mail, remote Sy ncML, Java application downloading, pus h to talk, instant messaging, and the PC dial-up. To define how to use t he service, select Menu > Settings > Connectivity > P a cket data > Packet data connection . Select W hen needed to set the packet data connection to be established when an application needs it . The connection will be closed when the application is ended. Select Always online to set the phone to aut omatically connect to a n packet dat a network w hen it is sw itched on. indicates a packet data connection. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 56 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Settings 57 Mo dem se tti ng s You can c onnect the phone using an IR or a data cable (CA-42) connection t o a compatible PC, and use the phone as a modem to enable packet data connect ivity fr om the PC. To define the sett ings for connections fr om the PC, select Me nu > Settings > Connec tivity > Packet data > P acket data settings > Ac tiv e acces s point , activate the ac cess point y ou want to us e, and sele ct Edit active acc ess point . Select Alias fo r access point , and ent er a nickname for t he currentl y selected access point. Select Packet data access point , and ent er the access point name (APN) t o establish a connection to a n EGPRS network. You can als o set the dial-up service settings (access point name) on your PC using the Nokia Modem Options software. See â Nokia PC Sui te,â p. 91. If you have se t the settings both on the PC and on your phone, the PC settings are us ed. â Enha nce ments This menu is shown only if the phone is or has been connected to a compatible mobile enhanceme nt. Select Menu > Settings > Enhancements . You can select an enhancement menu if the corresponding enhancement is, or has been, connected t o the phone . Depending on the enhancement, sele ct from the following options: Default profile â to s elect the profile that y ou want to be automatically acti vated when you c onnect t o the select ed enhancement Automatic answer â to s et the phone to answer an incoming call automatically after 5 s econds. If Incoming call alert is se t to Beep once or Of f , aut omatic answer is off. Lights â to set the lights permanently On . Select Automatic t o set th e lights on fo r 15 second s after a key pres s. Text phone > Use text phone > Ye s â to use the t ext phone set tings instead of headset or loops et settings RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 57 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Settings 58 â Con figura tion You can configure your phone with settings that are required for certain services to function correctly. T he services are browser, multimedia messaging, remote Internet server synchronization, presence, and e-mail application. Get the settings from your SIM card, from a service provider as a configuration message, or ent er your personal settings manually. You c an store configuration s ettings from up to 20 s ervice providers in t he phone and manage them within t his menu. To save t he configuration se ttings receive d by a conf iguration message from a ser vice provider, s ee âÂÂConfiguration set tings service ,â p. 10. Select Menu > Settings > Conf iguration and from the following options: Default configuration settings â to vie w the s ervice pro viders save d in the phone. Scroll to a service provider , and s elect D etails to view the applications t hat the configur ation settings of this service provid er support. To s et the configur ation settings of the service pr ovider as default s ettings, select Options > Set as default . To dele te configuration settings, se lect Delete . Activate default in all applications â to act ivate the de fault configuration settings for supported applications Preferred access point â t o view th e saved acces s points. Sc roll to an access point , and select Options > Details to view the name of the service provi der, data bear er, and pac ket data ac cess point or GSM dial-up number. Connect to service pr ovider support â to download the configur ation settings from your s ervice provide r P ersonal configuration settings â to add new personal accounts for various se rvices manually, and to activ ate or delete them. To add a new personal account if you have not added any, select Add new ; otherwise, sel ect Options > Add new . Select the service t ype, and selec t and enter each of t he required paramet ers. The parameters differ according to the selected s ervice ty pe. To delete or act ivate a per sonal account, s croll to it, and select Options > Delete or Ac tiva te . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 58 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Settings 59 â Secu rity When security feature s that restrict calls are in use ( such as call barring, close d use r gro up and fi xed di alin g) cal ls st ill m ay be possi ble t o the off icial emer gency number progr ammed into your d evice. Select Menu > Settings > Security and from the following options: PIN code request â to set the phone to ask f or your PIN or UPIN code every t ime the phone is switched on. Some SIM cards do not allow t he code reques t to be t urned off. Call barring service (network service) â to restrict incoming calls to and outgoing calls from your phone. A barring password is required. Fixed dialling â to res trict your outgoing calls t o selected phone numbers if this function is supported by y our SIM card Closed user group (net work service) â to specify a group of people whom you can call and who can call you Securi ty level > Phone â the phone asks for t he securi ty code whe never a new SIM card is inserted into the phone. Select Memory , and the phone as ks for the security code whe n SIM card me mory is select ed and you want t o change t he memory in us e. Access code s â to change the secur ity code, PIN code, UPIN code, PIN2 code, a nd barring passwor d Code in us e â t o select w hether the PIN code or UP IN code is ac tive Pin2 code request â to s elect w hether the PIN2 code is requir ed when using a phone feature t hat is covered by the PIN 2 code â Rest ore fa ctory se ttin gs To res et some of the menu settings to their original v alues, select Menu > Settings > Restore factory sett . . Enter t he securit y code. T he data you hav e entered or dow nloaded a re not deleted, fo r example, t he names and phone numbers saved in Contacts . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 59 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Operator menu 60 10 . O p e r a t o r m e n u This menu lets you acce ss a port al to ser vices provided by your net work operator. The name and t he icon depend on t he operator. For more information, contact your network operator. If this menu is not shown, the following me nu numbers change a ccordingly. The operator can update this menu with a service message. For more information, see âÂÂS ervice inbox,â p. 85. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 60 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Gal le r y 61 1 1. G allery In this menu you can manage gr aphics, images, recordings, video c lips, themes, and tones. Thes e files are a rranged in f olders. Your phone supports an activation key system to prot ect acquired conte nt. Alw ays chec k the deli very ter ms of any conte nt and act ivation key before acquir ing them, as they may be subject to a fee . Co pyright protec tions m ay prev ent som e images, music (inc luding r inging t ones) , and other con tent from being copied, mod ified, transferred or forwarde d. The files stored in Gallery use a memory th at may have a capacity of about 3 MB. To s ee the list of folders, select Me nu > Galler y . To s ee the available options of a folder, se lect a folder and Options . To vie w the list of files in a f older, sele ct a folder and Op en . To s ee the available options of a file, s elect a f ile and Options . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 61 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Media 62 12. Media Copyr ight protectio ns may prevent some ima ges, music (in cluding ringi ng tones), and other content from being copied, modified, transferred or forwarded. â Camera You can take photos or recor d video cl ips with the built-in camera. The camera prod uces pictures in JPEG format and v ideo clips in 3GP format. Whe n tak ing a nd u sing image s or v ideo c lips, obe y al l laws an d resp ect l ocal custo ms as w ell a s pri vacy a nd legi timat e rig hts of others , in cludi ng copy rights. This de vice supp orts an i mage capture resoluti on of 640 x 480 p ixels. Th e image resolution in these materials may appear different. Take a pho to To take a phot o, select Menu > Media > Camera > Capture . The phone saves the photo in Gallery > Images . T o take another photo, select Back ; to send t he photo as a mult imedia message, select Send . To vie w the options, select Options . Record a video clip Select Menu > Media > Camera . To select th e video mode, scroll left or right, or select O ptions > Video ; to s tart the recording, s elect Record . To pause the r ecording, sele ct Pa u s e ; to resume the recording, select Continue . To s top the recor ding, select Stop . The phone saves the recording in Gallery > Vide o clips . To view t he options, select Options . â Radio The F M rad io de pend s on a n ant enna othe r than the wirele ss dev ice antenna . A compati ble heads et or enha ncemen t needs to be a ttached to the devic e for th e FM ra dio to functi on prop erly. Warn ing : Lis te n t o mu sic at a m od er a te lev e l. C on tin u ous e xp os ur e to high volume ma y damage your hea ring. Do not hold the device n ear your ear when the loudsp eaker is in use, becau se the volume ma y be ex tre m ely lo ud. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 62 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Media 63 Select Menu > Media > R adio . To us e the graphical keys , , , or on t he display, scroll left or right to the de sired key, and select it . To cha nge the volume , press t he volume k eys. Save radio s tati ons 1. To s tart the station s earch, select and hold or . To change the radio frequency i n 0.05 MHz steps, br iefly pr ess or . 2. To s ave the st ation to a memory location, 1 to 9, pres s and hold t he corresponding number key. To save the station in the memory locat ion from 10 to 20, pres s briefly 1 or 2 , and press and hold the desired numbe r key, 0 to 9 . 3. Enter th e name of t he station, and select OK . Li st en t o th e r adio Select Menu > Media > Radi o . To s croll to the desired station, select or or press the headset ke y. To selec t a radio stat ion location, briefly press the corresponding number keys. Select Options and f rom the following options: Switch off â to turn off t he radio Save s tation â to save a new station, and enter the s tation name Stations â t o select t he list of saved sta tions. To delete or rename a station, scroll to the desired station, and select Options > Delete station or Rename . Mono output or Stereo output â to listen to the radio in monophonic sound or in stereo Loudspeaker or Headset â t o listen to t he radio using the loudspea ker or headset. Keep the hea dset connecte d to the phone. The lead of the headset functions as the radio antenna. Set frequency â to enter the f requency of the desired radio station You can normally make a c all or answer an incoming call while listening to the radio. During the call, the volume of the radio is muted. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 63 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Media 64 When an a pplication using a pac ket data or H SCSD connection i s sending or receiv ing data, i t may interfere with the radio. â Reco rde r You can record pieces of speech, sound, or a n active call for up to 5 minutes. The a ctual recor ding time depends on the ava ilable memory spa ce. The recorder cann ot be used when a data call or pack et data connection is active. Record s ound 1. Select Menu > Media > Recorde r . To use the graphica l keys, , , or , on the display, scroll lef t or right to the des ired key, and select it. 2. To start the r ecording, sel ect . To start the rec ording during a call, sel ect Options > Record . While re cording a call, all parties to the call hear a fa int beeping sound about every 5 s econds. When rec ording a call, hold th e phone in the nor mal position near t o your ear . 3. To end the recording, select . The recording is saved in Gallery > Recordings . 4. To listen to t he latest recording, select Options > Play last recorded . 5. To send the last recording using a multimedia or audio message or IR, sel ect Options > Send last recorded . List o f rec ord ings Select Menu > Media > Recorder > Options > Rec ordings list . The list of folders in the Gallery is show n. Open Recordings to se e the l ist wi th recordings. Selec t Opt ions to select options f or files in the Gal le ry . See âÂÂGallery,â p. 61. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 64 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Organizer 65 13. Organiz er â Alar m cl ock You can s et the phone to alarm at a desired time. Select Men u > Organiser > Alarm clock . To set t he a la rm, sel ect Alarm time , and enter the alar m time. To change the alarm time when the alarm time is set, select On . To se t the ph one to aler t you on selec ted days of the we ek, selec t Repeat alar m . To s elect the al arm tone or set a r adio station as t he alarm t one, select Alarm tone . If you se lect the radio as an alarm tone, connect the headset to the phone. Th e phone uses t he last stat ion you listened t o as th e alarm, and t he alar m plays thro ugh the loudspeaker. If you remove the headset or s witch off t he phone, t he default alarm t one replaces the radio. To s et a snooze time-out, sel ect Snooze t ime-out . Stop t he ala rm The phone sounds an alert tone, and flashes A larm! and the current time on the display, even if the phone was switched of f. To stop t he alarm, sel ect Stop . If you let the phone continue to s ound the alarm for a minute or select Snooz e , the alarm s tops for t he selected s nooze time-out and then resumes. If the alarm tim e is reached while th e device is switch ed off , the device switc h es itsel f on and sta rts soun ding th e al arm to ne. If yo u sele ct Stop , the device asks whether you want to activat e the device for calls. S elect No t o switch off the dev ice or Ye s to make and receiv e calls. D o not select Yes wh en wire less ph one use ma y cause in terference or d anger. â Calendar Select Menu > Organiser > Calendar . The curr ent day is indicat ed by a frame . If there are any notes set f or the day, t he day is in bold type. To vi ew the day not es, select View . To view a RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 65 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Organizer 66 week, s elect Options > Week view . To de lete all notes in t he calendar, select t he month or we ek v iew, and se lect Options > Delete all notes . Other options for the day view may be Make a note , Del ete , Edit , Mo ve , or Repeat a note; Copy a note t o another day; and Send note as a text message or multimedia message, with IR, or to t he calendar of another compatible phone. In Settings you can set the date and t ime settings. In Auto-delet e notes you can se t the phone t o delete old not es automatically after a specified time. Make a calendar note Select Menu > Organise r > Calendar . Scroll to the dat e you want, and sel ect Options > Make a note and one of the following not e types: Meeting , Call , Birthday , Memo , or Reminder . Note alarm The phone dis plays the not e, and if s et, sounds a tone. With a call note on the display, to c all the displayed number, press t he call ke y. To stop the alarm and to v iew the note, select View . To stop the alarm for about 10 minutes, select Snooze . To stop the alarm without viewing the note, select Exit . â To-do list To save not es for t as ks th at y ou mus t do , s elect Menu > Organiser > To- do list . To creat e a note if no note is added, select Add note ; otherwise , select Options > Ad d . Write t he note, and select Save . Select the pr iority, the deadline, and the alarm t ype for the not e. To view a note, scr oll to it, and select View . You can also select an o ption to delet e the select ed note and delet e all the notes that y ou have marked a s done. You can sort th e notes by priority or deadline; send a note t o another phone using a text message, multimedia messa ge, or infrared; s ave a not e as a calendar note; or access t he calendar. While viewing a note , you can also sele ct an option to edit th e deadline or pr iority for the note or mark the note as done. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 66 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Organizer 67 â Not es To use t his application f or writing and s ending notes, select Menu > Organiser > Not es . T o create a not e if no note is ad ded, sele ct Add note ; otherwise, s elect Options > Make a n ot e . Write a note, and select Save . Other opt ions for notes include deleting and e diting a note. W hile editing a not e, you can also exit the text edit or without saving the changes. You c an send the not e to compa tible devices using a text message, a multimedia message , or IR. â Sync hro niz atio n Synchronization allow s you to sa ve your calendar and Contacts data on a remote Internet server (network service) or on a compatible PC. If you have s aved data on t he remote Int ernet serv er, to synchr onize your phone, start the synchronization f rom your phone . To synchroni ze the data in the phone contacts, calendar, and notes t o correspond with the data of your compatible PC, start th e synchronization from t he PC. The contact data in your SIM card is not sy nchronized. Answering an incoming call during s ynchronization ends t he synchronization, and you must res tart it. Server synchroniza tion Before synchronizi ng from your phone, you must do the following: ⢠Subscribe to a synchr onization service. For details , contact y our service provider. ⢠Retrieve t he synchronization sett ings from your service provider. See âÂÂSynchronization s ettings,â p. 68. To start the synchronization f rom your phone, do the following: 1. Select t he configurat ion settings you ne ed for the sy nchronization. See âÂÂSynchronization s ettings,â p. 68. 2. Select Menu > Organiser > Sync > Server sync > Data to be synchronised . Mark the data to be synchronize d. 3. Select Menu > Organiser > Sync > Server sync > Synchronise . T he marked dat a of the active set is synchronized a fter confirmation. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 67 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Organizer 68 Synchronizing for the fir st time or after an int errupted synchronization may take up to 30 minute s to complete, if the contac ts or calendar ar e full. Sync hron ization set tings You may receive the configurati on settings required for synchronization as a c onfiguration message from the service pr ovider. To manage the configuration settings, see âÂÂConfiguration,â p. 58. 1. Select Menu > Organise r > Sync > Server sync > Sync settings and from the following opt ions: Configuration â Only t he configurations th at support the synchronization ar e shown. Select a servic e provider, Default , or P ersonal config. for s ynchronization. Account â Select a synchronization service account contained in the active configuration settings. 2. Select PC sy nc settings to ent er the sett ings for se rver a lerte d synchronization. Set the User name and Pa ss w o r d . The user na me and passwor d must be the sa me in the phone and in the PC . Sync hron ize f rom a c ompati ble PC To synchronize Contacts , Calendar , and Notes from a compatible PC, us e an IR or data cable connection. You also need Nokia PC Suit e software of your phone installed on the PC. Start the synchronization from the PC using Nokia PC Suite. â Calcul ator The calcula tor in your phone a dds, subtra cts, multiplies, div ides, calculate s the square and the square root, and conver ts currency values . No te: Th is calcu lator has limi ted accuracy and is design ed for simp le calculations . Select Menu > Organise r > Calculator . When 0 is dis played on t he screen, enter t he first number in the calc ulation. Press # for a de cimal RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 68 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Organizer 69 point. Select Options > Ad d , Subtract , Multiply , D ivide , Square , Square root , or Change sign . Enter the second number, if ne eded. Fo r a total, sel ect Equals . Repeat this s equence as many times as it is neces sary. To start a new calculation, select and hold Clear . To perf orm a cu rrency conver sion, select Men u > Organ iser > Calculator . To save the exchange rate, select Options > Exchange r ate . Select either of the display ed options. Enter the exchange rate, press the # key for a decimal point, and select OK . The exchange rate r emains in the memory until you replace it wit h another one. To perform t he currenc y conversion, enter t he amount to be converte d, and s elect Options > In domestic or In for eign . â Stop wa tch To meas ure time, tak e intermediate t imes, or t ake lap times, use the stopwat ch. During timing, the other functions of the phone can be used. To s et the stopwatch timing in t he background, pr ess the end key. Using the st opwatch or al lowing it to run in t he b ackground when using othe r features increases the dema nd on battery power and reduces the battery life. Select Menu > Organiser > Stopwatch and from the f ollowing options: Split timing â to t ake intermediate t imes. To start the t ime observat ion, sel ect Start . Selec t Split eve ry tim e that y ou wan t to take an intermediat e time. To stop the time observation, select Stop . To save th e measured t ime, sel ect Save . To start the time observation again, select Options > Sta rt . The new time is added t o the previous time. To reset the time without saving it, select Re set . To set the s topwatch timi ng in the backgr ound, press the end key. Lap timing â t o take lap times. To set the stopwatch timing in the backgr ound, press the end key. Continue â to view t he timing that you have set in the backgr ound Show last â to view the mos t recently mea sured time if t he stopwatch is not reset View times or D elete time s â to view or delete the save d times RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 69 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Organizer 70 â Coun tdo wn time r Select Menu > Organise r > T imer . Enter the alarm time in hours, minutes, and s econds, and selec t OK . If y ou wish, write y our own note text t hat is displaye d when the time expires. T o start the countdown timer, s elect Start . To change t he countdown time, select Change time . To stop t he timer, s elect St op timer . If the alarm t ime is reac hed when t he phone is in the standby mode, the phone sounds a t one and fl ashes the note text if it is set or Countdown time up . To s top the alar m, press a ny key. If no key is press ed, the a larm automatically stops within 60 se conds. To stop t he alarm and to delete th e no te tex t, s ele ct Exit . To restart the count down timer, select Restart . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 70 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Applications 71 14. Applicat ions â Games Your phone software includes some games . To launc h a game, s elect Menu > Applications > Games . Scroll to t he desired ga me, and sele ct Open . For options related to a game, see â Other application options,â p. 71. Gam e d ownlo ads Important: Only instal l and use app lication s and othe r software fr om sources that offer adequate se curity and protection against harmful software. Select Menu > Applications > Options > Downloads > Game downloads . The list of available bookmarks is shown. Select More bookmar ks to access the lis t of bookmarks in the Web menu. See âÂÂBookmarks,â p. 84. Gam e s etti ngs To s et sounds, lights, and s hakes for games and applications, sel ect Menu > Applications > Options > App. settings . â Co llect ion Your phone s oftware includes some J ava applica tions specially designed for th is Nokia phone. To launc h an applicatio n, select Menu > Applications > Collection . Scroll t o an applicat ion, and select Open . Othe r ap plicat ion optio ns Delete â to delete the application or application set f rom the phone Details â t o view a dditional information about t he applicat ion RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 71 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Applicat ions 72 Update version â to check if a new ve rsion of the application is available for download from Web (net work s ervi ce) App. access â to restrict the application f rom acces sing the network. Different cat egories are shown. Select in each cate gory, if available, one of the following permissions: Ask every time to s et the phone to a lway s ask for network ac cess, A sk fir st time only to set the phon e to ask for network ac cess only on t he first a ttempt, Always allowed to allow the network ac cess, or Not allowed to not allow the network access. Web page â t o provide furt her information or additional data for the application from a n Internet pa ge. This feature mus t be su pported by the network. It is only show n if an Internet address has been provided with the applic ation. Downlo ad an appli cati on Your phone supports J 2ME TM Java applications. Ensure that the application is c ompatible with y our phone before downlo ading it. Import ant: Only install and us e applications and other software from sources that offer adequate security and p rotection against harmful software. You can download new Java applications in diff erent ways. Select Menu > Applicat ions > Options > D ownloads > App. downloads . The list of a vailable bookmar ks is shown. Select More bookmarks to access t he list of bookmar ks in the We b menu. Se lect the appropr iate bookmark to connect to t he desired pa ge. Fo r the availabi lity of different service s, pricing, and tariffs, contact your s ervice provider . Select Menu > We b > Downloads . Download an appr opriate application or game. See âÂÂD ownload files,â p. 85. Use the game download funct ion. See âÂÂG ame downloads,â p. 71. Use the Nokia Application Ins taller in PC Suite to dow nload the applications to your phone. Your device may have s ome bookmarks load ed for sites not affilia ted with Nokia . Nokia does not wa rrant or endorse the se sites. If you choo se to access them, you shoul d ta ke th e sam e pre cauti ons, for se curi ty or c ontent , as you w ould with an y In terne t s ite . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 72 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Push to tal k 73 15. Push to talk Push to t alk (PTT) ov er cellular is a two-way r adio service available over a GSM/GPRS cellular network (network s ervice). PTT provides direct voice communication. To connect, pres s and hold th e volume up (PTT) key. You can us e PTT to ha ve a conver sation with one person or with a group of people having compatible devices. When your call is connected, the person or gr oup you are c alling does not hav e to answer t he phone. The participants should confirm the reception of any communications wher e appropriate, as there is no ot her confirmation whether the recipients have heard the call. To che ck availabilit y and cos ts, and to subscribe to t he service , contact your service provider. Roaming services may be more limited than for normal calls. Before y ou can use the PTT service, y ou must define the required PT T service settings. See â PTT settings ,â p. 80. While you are connected to the PTT service, you can us e the other functions of the phone. The PTT over cellular service is not connec ted t o traditional voic e communi cation, and theref ore many of the services available for traditional voice calls (for example, voice mailbox) are not available for PTT over cellular communications. â Push to ta lk me nu Select Menu > Push to talk . To connect to or disconnec t from the PTT service, select Switch PTT on or Switch PTT off . To vie w the rece ived c allback requests , select Callback inbox . To vie w the list of PTT channels , select Channel list . To vie w the list of contacts to which y ou have added the PTT addr ess received from the service provider, select C ontacts list . To add a new PT T channel to the phone, select A dd channel . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 73 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Pus h to ta lk 74 To set the PT T settings f or use, select PT T settings . To set th e required settings for th e PTT conne ction, select Config. settings . To open th e browser and t o connect t o the PTT net work portal pr ovided by the service provider, select We b . â Conne ct to and discon nect PT T To connect to the PT T service , select Menu > Push to talk > Switch PT T on . indicates the PTT connection. indicates t hat the service is temporarily unava ilable. The phone automatically t ries to reconnect to the service until you dis connect from t he PTT ser vice. If you ha ve add ed channels to t he phone, you are automati cally joined to the activ e ( Default or Listened ) channels, and the name of the de fault channel is displayed i n the standby mode. To disconnect from the PTT s ervice, select Switch PTT off . â Make a nd recei ve a PTT call Select Menu > Set t in gs > Tones > Push to talk settings to se t the ph one to use th e loudspeaker or he adset for PT T communication. Warn ing : Do not hol d the device nea r your ear when t he loudspe aker is in use, beca use the volu me may be extreme ly loud. When connec ted to the PTT service, you can make or receiv e dial-out calls, c hannel calls, or one-to-one calls . One-to-one calls are c alls you make to only one person. Make a dial-o ut PTT call For a dial-out PTT call you can selec t multiple PTT contacts from th e contact list. The recipients get an incoming call and need to acce pt the call in order to part icipate. A dial-out call creat es a temporar y channel, and the participants join this channel only f or the durat ion of the ca ll. After the call, t he temporary dial-out channe l is deleted. Select Menu > Pus h to talk > Contacts list , and mark the des ired contacts for the dial-out call. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 74 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Push to tal k 75 The ic on behind the contact in the list denotes current login s tatus: , , or indicate that the person is available, unav ailable, or unknown; indicates that t he login status is not avail able. The login status is only available for subs cribed contacts . To change the subscribe d contacts, se lect Options and fr om the available c ontact list options Subscrib e contact or U nsubscr . contact ; or if one or more contacts are alre ady marked, Subs cribe marked or Unsubscr . mark ed . Press and hold the volume up (PTT) key briefly to start the dial-out call. The marke d contacts are calle d by the PTT service, a nd the joining contacts ar e shown on the display. Pres s and hold the volume up (PTT) key aga in to talk to the joine d contacts. Rele ase the volume up (PTT ) key to hear the response. Press the end key t o end the dial-out call. Make a channe l call To make a call to the def ault channel, pr ess and hold the volume up (PTT) key. A tone sounds, indicati ng t hat the access is granted, and the phone displays y our nickname and channel name. To mak e a call to a non-default channe l, select Channel list in the PT T menu, s croll to the des ired channel, and press and hold the volume up (PTT) key. Press and hold the volume up (PTT) key the ent ire time you are talking, and hold the phone in front of you so that you can see the display. When you have finished, release the volume up (PTT) key. T alking is allow ed on a first -come, first- served basis. When someone stops talking, the f irst person to press the volume up (PTT) k ey can talk next. Ma ke a o ne-to-on e cal l To s tart a one-to-one c all from t he list of cont acts to which you have added the PTT address, select Contacts list . Scroll to a contact, and press and hold t he volume up (PTT) key. You can also select the contact fr om Contacts . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 75 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Pus h to ta lk 76 To start a one-to-one call from t he list of PTT channels, select Channel list , and s croll to the des ired channel. Select O ptions > A ctive members , scroll to the desi red contact, and pres s and hold the volume up (PT T) key. To start a one-to-one call from t he list of callback requests you have received, s elect Callback inbox . Scroll to the desired nickname, and press and hold the volume up (PTT) key . Receive a P TT call A short tone notif ies you of a n incoming channel a nd one-to-one call. When receiv ing a channel c all, the channel name and the nic kname of the caller are display ed. When receiving a one -to-one call f rom a per son whose information you have s aved in Contacts , the s aved name is displayed if identified; otherwise, only the nickname of the caller is displayed. You can either accept or reject an incoming one-to-one c all if you have set the phone to first not ify you of the one-to-one calls . If you press and hold the volume up (PTT) key to t ry to respond to a channel while another member is t alk ing, you hear a queuing tone, and Que uin g is displa yed as long as you pres s the volume up (PTT) key. Press and hold t he volume up (PTT) key, and wait for t he other person to finish; then you can talk. â Callbac k reque sts If you make a one-to-one c all and do not get a response, you can send a request for t he person t o call you back. When someone s ends you a callback reques t, Callback reque st received is displayed in the standby mode. When y ou receiv e a callback request from someone who is not in your contacts list, you can save the name to your Contacts . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 76 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Push to tal k 77 Send a callback request You can s end a callba ck request in the following ways: ⢠To send a callback request from th e contacts lis t in the Pus h to talk menu, s elect Contacts list . Scroll to a contact, and select Options > Send callback . ⢠To s end a callback request from Contacts , search for the desired contact, select Details , scroll to the PT T address, and select Options > Send callback . ⢠To send a callback request from the channel list in the PTT menu, sel ect Channel list , and scroll to t he desired channel. Select Options > Act ive members , scroll t o the desir ed contact, and select Options > Send callback . ⢠To s end a callback request from t he callback request l ist in the Pus h to talk menu, select Callback inbox . Scroll to a contact, and selec t Options > Send callback . Respo nd to a callback request 1. To open the Callback inbox , s elect View . The list of nic knames of t he persons who have sent you callback requests is shown. 2. To mak e a one-to-one c all, press and hold the volume up (PTT) key. 3. To s end a call reques t back to the se nder, select Options > Send callback . To delete the request, select Delet e . Save the callback reque st sender 1. To open the Callback inbox , s elect View . The list of nic knames of t he persons who have sent you callback requests is shown. 2. To vie w the s ender's PTT address, s elect Options > View PTT address . To s ave a new contact or to add the PTT addr ess to a c ontact, select Options > Save as or Add to contact . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 77 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Pus h to ta lk 78 â Add a o ne-to -one c ontact You can save the names of persons to whom y ou often make one- to-one calls in the f ollowing ways: ⢠To add a PTT address t o a name in Contacts , search for t he desired co n ta ct , an d se lec t Options > Add detail > PTT addr ess . ⢠To add a contact to the PTT contact s list, selec t Menu > Push to talk > Contacts list > Options > Add contact . ⢠To add a contact f rom the channel list, connect to the PTT service, sel ect Channel list , and scroll to the desired c hannel. Sel ect Options > Active members . Scroll t o the membe r whose cont act information you want to save, and selec t Options . To add a new contact, selec t Sav e a s . To add a PTT address t o a name in Con t ac ts , sel ect Add to contact . â Crea te and set up c hanne ls When you ca ll a channel, all members joined to the channel hea r the call simultaneously. Each member in the channel is identif ied by a nickname, w hich is shown as a c aller identification. Channel members can choose a nickname for themselves in each channel. Channels are regis tered with a U RL address. One user regist ers the channel URL in the net work by joining the ch annel session the first time. There ar e three t ypes of PTT channels: ⢠Provisioned channe ls are clos ed channels that allow only s elected participants provis ioned by the s ervice provider to join. ⢠Ad hoc channels are c hannels that the us ers can cre ate. You can create y our own channel, and invite membe rs to the cha nnel. ⢠Ad hoc pro channels are c hannels you c an create from members in a provisioned channe l. For e xample, a busi ness can have a closed channel and s eparate channel s created for cer tain business functions. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 78 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Push to tal k 79 Add a c ha nn el Select Menu > Push to talk > Add channel . Select from t he following options: Guided â to add a new channel. To set the security level for the channel, sel ect Public channel or Private channel . If you select Pr ivate channel , the phone automatically creates a scrambled part to the channe l address that the members cannot view when they receive the invitation to the channel. Only the person who creates the privat e channel c an invite more members t o the cha nnel. Enter th e name for the channel. Select Default , Lis tened , or Inactive . The phone indicates that the channel is saved and its status. Default and Listene d are active cha nnels. When you press and hold the volume up (PT T) key to mak e a channel call, the default channel is called if y ou have not scrolled to any other channel or c ontact. To send an invitat ion to the channe l, select Ye s when th e phone requests it. You can se nd the invitat ion using a text message or IR. The membe rs you invit e to the public channels can als o invite more members to t he channel. Manual â to join an existing channel. Enter t he channel address. Select Default , L istened , or Inact ive . The phone indicates that the channel is save d and its status. Default and Listened are active ch annels. W hen you press and hold the volume up (PTT) key to make a channel call, the default channel is called if you have not scrolled to any other channel or con ta ct . Receive an invitation 1. When you receive a text mess age invitation to a channel, Channel invitation r eceived: is displayed. 2. To vie w the nickname of the per son who sent the invitation and the channel address if the channel is not a private channel, select Vie w . 3. To add the channel to your phone, select Save . To set th e st atus for the channel, select Default , L istened , or Inactive . To reject the invitation, select Exit > Ye s , or select Vie w > Dis card > Ye s . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 79 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Pus h to ta lk 80 â PTT s etti ngs There ar e two kinds of PT T settings: settings for connecting t o the service a nd settings for us e. You may receiv e the s ettings for connecting t o the service from your service provi der. See âÂÂConfigur ation settings service, â p. 10. You c an enter the s ettings manually. See âÂÂConfiguration ,â p. 58. To sele ct the se ttings for connect ing to the s ervice, select Menu > Pus h to talk > Config. s ettings and from t he following options: Configuration â to select a s ervice pr ovider, Default , or P e rsonal config. for PTT service. Only the configurations that s upport the PTT service are show n. Account â to select a PT T service acco unt contained in t he active configuration s ettings You can also se lect from t he following options: PTT user name , Defa ul t nickname , PTT password , Domain , and Server address To edit the PT T settings for use, select Menu > Push to talk > PTT settings and from the f ollowing: 1 to 1 calls > On â to s elect th e phone to allow the re ception of incoming one-to-one calls 1 to 1 calls > Off â to make but not receive one-to-one calls. The service provider may offer some services that ov erride these settings. To s et the phone to first not ify you of incoming one-to-one calls with a ringing tone, select Notify . Listened channels > On â t o activate the listened channels PTT status in startup > Ye s â to set the phone to automatically connect to the PTT service when you switch the phone on Send my PTT address > No â to hide your PTT address fr om channel and one-to-one calls RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 80 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Web 81 16. We b You can access various mobile Internet services with your phone browse r (network se rvice). Importan t: Use only services that you trust and tha t offer adequate security and protection against harmful software. Check th e availability of these s ervices, pric ing, tariffs, and i nstructions with your service pr ovider. With t he phone browser y ou can view the servic es that us e wireless markup language (WML) or extens ible hypertext markup language (XHTML) on t heir pages. Appearance may vary due t o screen size. You may not be able to v iew a ll details of the Internet pages. â Set u p brow si ng You may receive the configuration settings required for browsing as a configuration mes sage fr om the service prov ider that o ffers the servic e that you want to use. See âÂÂConfiguration settings service,â p. 10. You can also ent er all the configuration sett ings manually. Se e âÂÂConfiguration,â p. 58. â Co nnec t to a ser vic e First, ve rify that t he correc t configuration set tings of the s ervice tha t you want t o use are activated. 1. To s elect the s ettings for connec ting to the service, s elect Menu > Web > Setti ngs > Configuration settings . 2. Select Configuration . Only the configurations that support browsing service are shown. Se lect a service pr ovider, Default , or Personal config. for browsing. See âÂÂSet up browsing,â p. 81. Select Account and a br owsing service account cont ained in th e active c onfiguration settings. Select Display terminal window > Ye s t o perform manual us er authenticat ion for intr anet connections . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 81 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Web 82 Secondly, make a connection to th e service in one of the following ways: ⢠Select Menu > Web > Home ; or in the s tandby mode, pr ess and hold 0 . ⢠To select a bookmark of the ser vice, select Menu > Web > Bookmarks . ⢠To select the last URL, select Me nu > We b > Last web addr ess . ⢠To enter the address of the ser vice, se lect Menu > Web > Go to address , e nter the address of t he service, and select OK . â Brows e pages After you make a connect ion to the s ervice, you c an start browsing its pages. Th e function of t he phone keys may vary in different services. Follow the t ext guides on t he phone displa y. For more inf ormation, contact yo ur servic e provider. If packet data is se lected as t he data beare r, is shown on the top lef t of the display during brows ing. If you rece ive a call or a te xt message, or make a c all during a packet data connection, is shown on t he top of the display to indicate that the pac ket data connection is suspended (on hold). After a c all the phone tries to reconnec t the packet data connection. Browse with phone keys Use the navigation keys to browse t hrough the page. To select a highlighted item, press t he call key , or select Sele ct . To ente r letters and number s, pres s the keys , 0 to 9 . To e nter special characters, press * . Opt ions while bro wsing Nokia.com, Home , Add bookmark , Bookmar ks , P age options , His tory , Downloads , Other options , Reload , and Quit may be available . The service provi der may also offer ot her options. A cache is a memory location that is used to store data temporarily. If you have tried to access or have accessed confid ential in formation requi ring passwords, RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 82 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Web 83 empty the cache a fter each use. The information or services you have acces sed is stored in the cache. To empty the cache , see âÂÂCache memory ,â p. 8 6. Direct callin g The brows er supports functions that you can a ccess while browsing. You can mak e a phone call, and save a name and a phone number from a page. â Appear ance s ettings While browsing, select Options > Other options > Appear . settings ; or in the standby mode, s elect Menu > We b > Set tings > Appearance settings and from the following options: Text wrapping > On â t o set the text to continue on the nex t line on the display. If you selec t Off , t he text is abbreviated. Fon t s ize > E xtra small , Small , or Medium â to se t th e fo nt si ze Show images > No â to hide pictures on the page. This can speed up the browsing of pa ges that cont ain a lot of pictures. Alerts > Alert for unsecure connection > Yes â to se t the phone to aler t when an encrypte d connection c hanges t o unencr ypted during browsing Alerts > Alert for unsecur e items > Ye s â to set t he phon e to al ert w hen an encr ypted page cont ains an unsecur e item. These ale rts do not guarantee a secure c onnection. For mo re info rmation, see âÂÂBrowser security,â p. 86. Character encoding > Content encoding â to sele ct the encoding for the browser page content Character encoding > Unicode (UTF-8) web addr esses > On â to se t the phone to se nd a URL a s a UTF-8 encoding. You may need this se tting when you access a Web page cr eated in f oreign language. Screen size > Full or Small â to set t he screen s ize RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 83 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Web 84 â Cookie s A cookie is data that a s ite saves in the cache memory of your phone. Cookies are s aved until you clear t he cache me mory. See â Cache memory,â p. 86. While brows ing, select Options > Ot her options > Security > Cookie settings ; or in the s tandby mode, sele ct Men u > Web > Settings > Security settings > C ookies . To allow or prevent the phone from receiving cook ies, select Allow or Reject . â Script s over se cure con nect ion You can select whet her to allow the running of s cripts from a s ecure page. The phone supports W ML scripts. 1. While brows ing, select Options > Ot her options > Security > WMLS crip t se tt. ; or in the sta ndby mode, se lect Menu > We b > Settings > Secur ity settings > WMLScript s over sec ure connect ion . 2. To allow the scripts, select Allo w . â Bookm arks You can save pag e addres ses as bookmarks in the phone memor y. 1. While brows ing, select Options > Bookmarks ; or in the standby mode, select Me nu > Web > Bookmarks . 2. Scroll to a bookmark, and select it; or press the call key to make a connection to the page a ssociated with t he bookmar k. 3. Select Options to view, edit, delete, or send the bookmark; create a new bookmark; or save the bookmark to a folder. Your device may have s ome bookmarks load ed for sites not affilia ted with Nokia . Nokia does not wa rrant or endorse the se sites. If you choo se to access them, you shoul d ta ke th e sam e pre cauti ons, for se curi ty or c ontent , as you w ould with an y In terne t s ite . Receive a bo okmar k When you have received a bookmark that is sent as a bookmar k, 1 bookmark rec eived is displayed. T o save t he bookmar k, select Show > RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 84 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Web 85 Save . To vie w or delete the bookmark, select Options > View or Delete . To dis card the book mark directly after y ou have re ceived t he bookmark, sel ect Exit > OK . â Dow nloa d file s To downloa d more tones, images , games, or applications to your phone (networ k service), select Menu > Web > Do wnloads > Tone downloads , Graphic downloads , Game downloads , Video downloads , Theme downloads , or App. do wnloads . Important: Only instal l and use app lication s and othe r software fr om sources that offer adequate se curity and protection against harmful software. To save all downloaded files aut omatic ally in t he appropriate folder in Gallery or in Applications , sel ec t Menu > Web > Se ttings > Downloading settings > Automatic saving > On . â Ser vic e inbox The phone is able to recei ve service messages (pushed messages) sent by your service provider (network service). Service messages are notificat ions of, for example, news headl ines, and t hey may c ontain a text me ssage or an address of a service. To a cce ss t he Service inbox in the s tandby mode, when y ou have received a service message, selec t Sho w . If yo u sel ect Exit , the message is moved to the Service inbox . To acces s the Service inbox later, select Menu > Web > Service inbox . To a cce ss t he Service inbox while browsing, selec t Opti ons > Other options > Service inbox . Scroll to the mes sage you want, and to activate the browser and download t he marked co ntent, selec t Retrieve . To display detailed informat ion on the service notification or to delete the message, s elect Options > D etails or Delete . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 85 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Web 86 Service inbox setting s Select Menu > We b > Set tings > Service inbox settings . To set whe ther you want to rece ive service messages , select Serv ice messages > On or Off . To set the phone to r eceive service me ssages only f rom content aut hors approved by the se rvice provider, sel ect Message filt er > On . To view the list of the approved c ontent authors, sele ct Trusted channels . To set the phone t o automatically act ivate the brows er from the standby mode when the phone has received a service message, select Automatic connection > On . If you select Off , the phone ac tivates the browse r only after you select Ret rieve when the phone has received a ser vice message. â Cac he memo ry A cache is a memory location that is used to store data temporarily. If you have tried to access or have accessed confid ential in formation requi ring passwords, empty the ca che after each use. The in formation or servic es you have acce ssed is stored in th e cache. To empty t he cache, while brows ing, select Options > O ther options > Clear t he cache ; in the s tandby mode, select Men u > Web > Clear t he cache . â Browse r se curi ty Security feat ures may be required for some services , such as online banking or shopping. For such c onnections you need security certificat es and possibly a security module, which may be availa ble on your SIM card. For more information, contact your service provi der. Se curit y m odul e The security module improves s ecurity s ervices for applications requiring a brows er connection, and a llows you t o use a digital signature. The security module may contain certifi cates as well as private and public keys. The certif icates are saved in the security module by the service provider. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 86 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Web 87 Select Menu > Web > Se ttings > Security settings > Security module settings and from the following options: Security module details â to s how the s ecurity module title, stat us, manufacturer, and serial number Module PIN request â to set the phone to ask for the module PIN when using ser vices provided by the security modul e. Enter the c ode, and sel ect On . To disable the module PIN request, select Off . Change module PIN â to change the module PIN, if allowed by the securit y module. Enter the c urrent module PIN code, then ent er the new code twice . Change signing PIN â to change t he signing PIN code for the digital signature. Sele ct the signing PIN you want t o change. Enter the current PIN c ode, then enter t he new code twice. See als o âÂÂAccess codes ,â p. 9. Certificates Importan t: Even if the use of cert ifica tes makes th e risks invo lved in remote connections and software installatio n consid erably small er, they must be used correctly in orde r to benefit from increased security. The exi stenc e of a ce rtifi cate do es not offer a ny pr otect ion by i tself; the certifica te manager must contain co rrect, authe ntic, or trusted certifica tes f or increas ed securit y to be availabl e. Certi ficates hav e a restri cted lif etime. If Expired certif icate or Cert ifica te not vali d yet is shown even if the certi ficate should be val id, chec k that the cur rent date and ti me in your device are correct. Before changing any certificat e settings, yo u must make sure that you really trust the owner o f the certificate and that the certi ficat e really belon gs to the lis ted owner. There are three kinds of certificates: server certificat es, authority certificat es, and user certificat es. You ma y receive t hese ce rtificates from y our service provider . Authority certificat es and user cer tificates may als o be sav ed in the sec urity module by the servic e provider. To vie w the list of the authority or user c ertificates downloade d into your phone, select Menu > Web > Settings > Security settings > User certificat es or Authority certificat es . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 87 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Web 88 The security indicator is dis played during a connection, if t he data transmission betwee n the phone and the content server is encrypted. The secu rity icon does not ind icate that the d ata transmis sion between the gatewa y and the content se rver ( or place whe re the r eques ted resour ce is s tored) is secure . The service provider secures the data trans mission be tween the gateway and the co ntent server. Digital signat ure You can make digital signatures wit h your phone if your SIM card has a security module. Using the digit al signature can be the s ame as signing your name t o a paper bill, contract, or other document . To make a digital signature, select a link on a page, for example, the title of the book you want to buy and its price. The t ext to sign, which may include the amount and date, is shown. Check that the header text is Read and that the digital s ignature icon is shown. If the digital s ignature icon doe s not a ppear, there is a security br each, and you sh ould not enter any per sonal data such as your signing PIN. To sign the t ext, read all of t he text first, and select Sign . The te xt may not fit within a single screen. Therefore, ma ke sur e to scroll through and read a ll of the t ext before s igning. Select the user certificat e you want t o use. Enter the signing PIN (see âÂÂAccess c odes,â p. 9), and select OK . The digital signature icon disappears, and the s ervice may display a conf irmation of your purchase. â P osition ing inf orma tion The network may send you a location reques t. You can ens ure that the network deliv ers location information of your phone only if y ou approve it (network s ervice). Contact your network oper ator or s ervice provider to subscribe a nd to agr ee upon the delive ry of locat ion information. To accep t or reject th e location reque st, select A ccept or Reje ct . I f y ou miss the reques t, the phone automatica lly accepts or rejects i t according to what you have agreed wit h your network operator or RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 88 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Web 89 service provider. Th e phone displays 1 missed posi tion request . To vie w the missed location request, select Show . To view th e information on the 10 most recent privacy notificat ions and requests or to delet e them, select Menu > Web > P ositioning > Position log > O pen folder or Delete all . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 89 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
SIM servi c es 90 17. SIM services Your SIM card may provide addit ional services t hat you c an access. T his menu is shown only if it is supported by your SIM c ard. The name and contents of the menu depend on the SIM card. For availability and information o n using SIM card services, contact your SIM ca rd v end or. Th is may be t he se rv ice pr ovi de r, net wor k op er at or, or othe r ven dor . To set the phone to show you the conf irmation messages sent between your phone and the network when yo u are using the SIM services, select Menu > Settings > Phone > Conf irm SIM service actions > Ye s . Accessing the se services ma y involve s ending messages or making a phone call for which you ma y be charged. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 90 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
PC connectivity 91 18. PC connectivity You can s end and receiv e e-mail, and access the Internet w hen your phone is connected to a compatible PC through an infrared or a data cable (CA-42) connection. You can use your p hone with a variet y of PC connectivit y and dat a communications applic ations. â Nok ia PC Sui te With Nok ia PC Suite you can s ynchronize Con ta ct s , Calendar , To-do list , and Not es between your phone and th e compatible PC. You may find more information about Nokia PC Suite, for example downloadable files, in the support area on the Nokia W eb site at www.nok ia.com/support. â P acke t data , HSCS D, and CS D With your phone you c an use packet dat a, high-speed circuit switched data (HSCSD), and c ircuit switched dat a (CSD, GSM dat a ). For availa bility and su bscription to data services, contact your net work opera tor or service provider. The us e of HSCSD services consumes the phone bat tery f aster than normal voice or dat a calls. You may need to c onnect the phone t o a charger for the duration of dat a transfer. Se e âÂÂPack et d ata ( EGP RS) ,â p. 56 . â Da ta co mmun icat ion appl icat ions For information on using a data communication application, refer to the document ation provided with it. Making or ans wering phone calls during a computer connection is not recommended, as it might dis rupt the operation. For better performance dur ing data calls, place the phone on a s tationary sur face with the keypa d facing down. D o not move the phone by holding it in yo ur hand during a data call. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 91 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Battery i nformation 92 19. Batte ry inform ation â Charg ing an d disc harg ing Your device is po wered by a rechargeable b attery. The full performance of a ne w battery is achieved only aft er two or thre e complete charge and discha rge cycle s. Th e ba tte ry can be ch a rged and dis ch arg ed hun dr eds of time s bu t it will ev entu all y wear out. Whe n th e tal k and sta ndb y time s are no tice abl y sho rter than normal, rep lace the b attery. Use only Nokia approved batteries , and rech arge your b atte ry only with N ok ia app rove d cha rgers desi gnated for this device. Unplug the ch arger from the electri cal plug and the d evice when not i n use. Do not leav e a fully charged battery connecte d to a charger, si nce overchargin g may shorten its li fetime . If lef t un used, a fully charged battery w ill lo se its ch arge over time. Use the battery only for its intended p urpose. Never use any charger o r battery that is d ama ge d. Do no t short-circui t the ba ttery. Ac cidental s hort-ci rcuiting can occur w hen a metall ic object such as a coin, clip, or pe n causes direct co nnection of th e positi ve ( ) and ne gative (-) terminals of the batter y. (Thes e look like metal st rips on the battery.) This migh t happen, f or exam ple, when you carry a spare bat tery in you r po cket or purs e. Sho rt-cir cuitin g the t erm inals m ay da mage the batter y or th e conne ctin g object . Leavin g the battery in hot or cold plac es, suc h as in a closed car in summer or winte r con dition s, wi ll reduc e the ca pacity and lifetim e of the batte ry an d it s ability to charge. Always try to keep the battery b etween 15ðC and 25ðC (59ðF and 77ðF). A d evice with a hot or cold battery may not w ork temporarily, even when the bat tery is fully ch arged. Batte ry performa nce is part icularly limi ted in temper atures wel l below fr eezin g. Do not dis pose of batt erie s in a fire as they may exp lode. B atteries may also explo de i f dam age d. Dispo se of batt erie s acc ordi ng to local regu lat ions. Please rec ycle w hen po ssib le. D o n ot disp os e as house hold waste. â Noki a ba tte ry a uth enti catio n gu ideli ne s Always use origina l Nokia batteries for your safety. To check tha t you are getting an original Nokia battery, purchase it from an authorized Nokia dealer, loo k for RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 92 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Battery informa tion 93 the Nokia Origi nal Enhance ments logo on the packaging , and inspe ct the hologr am label usin g t he foll o wing steps : Successful completio n of the four step s is not a total assura nce of the authentici ty of the battery. If you have any rea son to believe th at your battery is not an authentic origi nal Nokia battery, you should refrain from using it and t ake it to the ne arest autho riz ed Noki a se rvic e po int or d eal er for a ssi stan ce. Y our authori zed Nokia servi ce point o r deale r will inspect the battery f or authen ticity. If authenti city cannot be verifie d, return the batt ery to the place o f purchase. Auth enti cate holo gr am 1. Wh en l ooking at th e ho logra m lab el, you sh ould s ee the No kia con necting ha nds sym bol from o ne ang le and the Nok ia Ori ginal Enha ncem ents logo when lo oking f rom an other an gl e. 2. When you angle th e hol ogram left, righ t, dow n, an d up, yo u shoul d see 1, 2, 3, a nd 4 do ts o n each side respectively. 3. Scra tch th e si de of th e la bel to rev ea l a 2 0-di git c ode, for exam ple, 123 456789198 76543 210. Turn the battery s o that the numb ers are f acing up wards. The 20-digit co de reads starti ng fro m the number at the to p row f ollow ed by the b ottom ro w. 4. Co nfirm tha t the 20-dig it code is va lid by follo wing the instruct ions at www.nokia. com/batterychec k. To create a text mess age, ente r the 20-d igit code , for examp le, 12345 67891 9876543210 , and s end to 44 7786 20027 6. Nat iona l and intern ati onal opera tor cha rge s wi ll appl y. You s hould re ceive a message i ndicating whethe r the cod e can b e authentica ted. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 93 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Battery i nformation 94 What if your battery is not authentic? If you cannot confirm that your Nokia batter y with the hologra m on the labe l is an authent ic Nokia battery, please do not use th e battery. Take it to the neare st auth oriz ed Nok ia service poin t or d ealer fo r assis tanc e. The use of a b att ery th at is n ot ap proved by t he ma nufa cturer may be dan ger ous an d ma y re sult i n poor performance and damag e to your device and its enhancement s. It may also invalid ate any approval or w arranty applying to th e device. To find out more about ori ginal Nokia b atteries , visit www. nokia.com/bat tery. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 94 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Care and maint enance 95 Care and m aintenance You r dev ice is a pro du ct of s uper i or d esi gn an d c raf tsm ans hip an d sho ul d be trea ted wi th care . The suggest ions be low will help you p rotec t your w arrant y coverage. ⢠K eep th e d e vic e d ry . Pre cip it a tio n, hu mi di ty , a nd al l typ e s o f li q uid s o r moisture can contai n minerals that will corro de elect ronic circu its. If your device does get we t, remove the ba ttery, and allo w the device to dr y completely b efore replac ing it . ⢠Do not use or store the device in dusty, di rty areas. Its mo ving parts and elec t ron ic c omp onents ca n be da mag ed . ⢠Do not st ore th e de vice i n h ot ar ea s. H ig h t emp er at ure s can s horte n the lif e o f ele ctro nic de vice s, da mag e batt eries , an d war p or m el t certa in pl ast ics. ⢠Do not store the device in col d areas. When the device returns to its normal temperat ure, moistur e can form insi de the device an d damage ele ctronic circuit board s. ⢠Do not attempt to open the device oth er than as instructe d in this guide. ⢠Do not drop, knock, or shake the device. Rough handling can break i nternal circ uit bo ard s and fine me cha nics. ⢠D o not us e harsh c hemic als, clea ning sol vents, o r strong de tergent s to clea n the device. ⢠D o not pain t the devi ce. Pain t ca n clog the moving p arts an d preve nt pro per ope ra ti on. ⢠U se a soft , clean, d ry cloth to cl ean any le nses (s uch as cam era, proxi mity senso r, and l ight sen sor lens es). ⢠U se o nly the suppl ied or an a ppro ved re place me nt an tenn a. Una uth orize d ante nnas, m odif icati ons, or a ttachm ents c oul d dama ge the devi ce and may viola te reg ulati ons gove rning radio devi ces. ⢠U se c harge rs indoo rs. ⢠Always create a backup of data yo u want to keep (such as contacts and calendar notes) befo re sending your device to a service facility. All of the above suggest ions apply equ ally to yo ur device, b attery, charger, or any enhancement. If any device is not working prop erly, take it to the nearest authorized service facility for service. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 95 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Add itiona l safe ty inform ation 96 Additio nal safety informa tion Your dev ice and its en hanceme nts may co ntain sm all parts. Keep the m out of th e reac h of sm all c hild ren . â Op era ti ng e nvi ron me nt Rememb er to follow an y special reg ulations in force in any a rea and alwa ys switch off your device when its use is pro hibited or w hen it may cause interf ere nce or da nger. Us e th e devi ce onl y in its n orm al op erat ing po sitio ns. T his device meets RF e xposure g uidelin es whe n used eithe r in th e normal u se pos ition agai ns t th e ea r o r whe n positi on ed at le ast 2.2 cent im ete rs (0 .84 in che s) aw ay from t he body . W hen a carry ca se, b elt cl ip, or holder i s used for bo dy-w orn opera tion, i t sh ould not con tain m etal a nd sh ould posit ion th e dev ice th e abo ve- stat ed di stanc e from yo ur bo dy. To transmi t data files or message s, this device r equires a quality conn ection to the net work. In some c ase s, tra ns missi on of dat a fil es o r me ssage s m ay b e delay ed until su ch a c onn ection is a vail able. E nsu re th e abo ve se parat ion distan ce instru ctions ar e followed u ntil the tra nsmissi on is comple ted. Parts of the d evice are ma gnetic. Metallic mat erials may be attracted to the device. Do not place credit cards o r other magnetic st orage media near the devi ce, be cause in forma tion stored on the m ma y be e rase d. â Medica l de vices Operati on of any radi o transmit ting equipment, incl uding wireles s phones, may interfere w ith the funct ionality of in adequate ly protected medical devices . Consult a physician or the manufact urer of the med ical device to determi ne if they ar e adequatel y shiel ded fro m external RF en ergy or i f you have any questions . Switch of f your device in heal th care facilit ies when any regulatio ns post ed i n thes e are as in stru ct y ou to do so. Hosp ital s or hea lth c are faci lities may be using equipment that could b e sensiti ve to exte rnal RF energ y. Pacemakers Pacemaker ma nufactu rers recomm end that a minimu m separati on of 15.3 centim eters (6 inches) be mainta ined bet ween a wir eless phone a nd a pacemaker to avoid potenti al interferen ce with the p acemaker. Th ese recommend ations are co nsiste nt with the ind ependent research by and recommend ations of Wire less Techno logy Resea rch. Persons with pacemake rs shoul d do t he fo llow ing: RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 96 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Ad ditio nal sa fet y in for matio n 97 ⢠Always keep th e device more th an 15.3 centime ters (6 inches) from the pac emak er ⢠Not carry the device in a brea st pocket ⢠Hold the device to th e ear oppos ite the pacemaker to minimiz e the potent ial for interference. If you suspect inte rference, s witch off your device, and move the device away. Hearing a ids Some digital wireles s devices ma y interfere with some he aring aids. I f interference occurs, consu lt your service provider. â Vehicl es RF signals may affect impro perly inst alled or inad equate ly shielded electronic systems in motor vehicl es such as electr onic fu el injectio n systems , electr onic ant iski d ( antil ock) brak ing sys tems, el ect ronic spe ed c ontr ol s yste ms, a nd air b ag systems. For more i nformation, check w ith the manufacturer, or its represent ative, of your vehicle or any equi pment that has bee n added. Only quali fied perso nnel shoul d service th e device, or install the d evice in a vehicle. Faulty instal lation or servic e may be dangerous and may invalidate any warranty that may apply to the d evice. Check reg ularly that al l wireless devi ce eq uipment in your vehicle is moun ted and op erati ng prop erly. D o not st ore or carry fla mmable liqui ds, gases , or expl osive materi als in the same compa rtment as the devi ce, its par ts, or enha ncements . For vehicles equipp ed with an air bag, remember that air bags in flate with great fo rce. Do not pla ce obje cts, includin g installe d or portab le wire less equip ment in th e area over the air bag or in the air bag deploy ment area . If in-veh icle wi reless equipment is improperl y insta lled, and the air b ag inflates, serious injury could result. Using your device w hile flying in ai rcraft is prohibited . Switch off your device before board ing an aircraft. The use of w ireless teledevices in an aircraft may be dangerous to th e operation of the aircraft, dis rupt the wirel ess telep hone network, and may be ille gal. â Potenti all y exp losi ve envi ronme nts Switch off your d evice wh en in a ny area with a po tentia lly exp losive a tmosphere, and obey all signs and inst ructio ns. Potenti ally explo sive atmos pheres inclu de areas where y ou wo uld norm ally be a dvised t o turn o ff your vehi cle en gine. Sparks in such area s could cause a n explosion or fire resulti ng in bodily in jury or even de ath. Swit ch off t he de vi ce a t re fue li ng po ints su ch as ne ar ga s pu mps at service stations. Observe restrictions on the u se of radio equipme nt in fuel RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 97 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Add itiona l safe ty inform ation 98 depo ts, s torag e, an d d istrib utio n area s; ch emica l pl ant s; or w her e blas ting oper ations a re in prog ress. Areas w ith a pote ntial ly explos ive at mospher e are often, but n ot always, clea rly marked. They inclu de below deck o n boats, chemi cal transfer or stora ge facili ties, vehicles usi ng liquef ied petro leum gas (such as propa ne or bu tane), and areas where the air con tains chemicals or part icles s uch as gra in, dust , or me tal p owders . â Emerge ncy cal ls Important : Wireless ph ones, incl udin g this d evic e, ope rate using radi o sign als, wi reles s netw orks, landline networ ks, a nd u ser-pro gramme d functio ns. Bec ause of this, con nections in al l conditi ons cann ot be guaranteed. Yo u should never rely so lely on any wireless devi ce for essenti al communicat ions like medi cal emergen cies. To make an emergency call: 1. If the device is not on, switch it on. Check for adequate si gnal strength. Som e netw orks may re quire that a val id SI M card i s pro per ly ins erted in th e device. 2. Press the end key as many times as ne eded to cle ar the d isplay and re ady th e device for calls . 3. E nter the offi cial emergency number for your pre sent location. Emergency numbers vary by location. 4. Press the call key. If certain features are in us e, you may first need to turn tho se features off before you can make an emer gency call. Con sult this guide or your service provid er for more information. When making an emergen cy call , give all the ne cessary i nformation as accura tely as pos sible . Your wire less de vic e may be t he only means of comm unica tion at the scene of a n accident. Do not end th e call unti l given pe rmission to d o so. â Cert if icati on i nfo rmatio n (SAR) This mob ile device meet s guidelin es for ex posure to radio waves You r mo bi le d evic e is a radi o tr an smi tte r and re cei ve r. I t is de sign ed not t o exceed the limits fo r exposu re to radio waves recomme nded by inte rnation al guid elines. Th ese guidel ines w ere d evelope d by the i ndepend en t scie ntific or gan izat ion IC NIRP and i nclude saf et y mar gin s de sig ne d to as sur e th e protec tion o f a ll pers ons, r egar dless o f age and he alth. RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 98 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Ad ditio nal sa fet y in for matio n 99 The exp o sur e gu i del in es fo r mo bi le de vic es em pl oy a un it of me as ure men t k no wn as the Specifi c Absorpti on Rate or SAR. T he SAR limi t stated in the ICNIRP guideli nes is 2. 0 watts/kil ogram ( W/kg) ave rag ed over 10 gra ms of tis sue. Tes ts for SAR a re c onduc ted usi ng st anda rd ope rati ng pos ition s w ith th e dev ice transmitti ng at its h ighest certif ied po wer le vel in a ll tested fr equency bands . The actual SAR level of an opera ting de vice can be below the ma ximum val ue be cause th e dev ice is d esigne d to use onl y the power requir ed to reach t he netw ork. T hat a mount c hang es depe ndin g on a number of fac tor s such a s how close you are to a network b ase stati on. The hi ghest SAR val ue under the ICNIRP guideli nes for use o f the dev ice at the ear is 0.84 W/ kg. Use of device acce ssories and enhanceme nts may result in different SAR values . SA R valu es ma y vary depe nding on nat ional repor ting and t estin g requ irem ents and the ne twork b and. A dditiona l SAR informa tion m ay be provid ed und er pr odu ct in for mati on at w ww .nok ia.c om . RM -166 _prin t_en1 .fm Page 99 Mo nday, Septe mbe r 4, 2006 9:22 AM
Index 100 Index A access codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 access ories . See enh anceme nts. . . 8 alar m clo ck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 antenn a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 appli cati on downl oad . . . . . . . . . 11 audi o messa ging . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 B barr ing passw ord . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 batte ry au th en tic a tio n . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 charge level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 , 92 instal lation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 book marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 brows er appe arance se tting s . . . . . . . 83 book marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 br owsi ng page s . . . . . . . . . . . 82 cache me mory . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 certif icates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 cookies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 digit al signa ture . . . . . . . . . . . 88 scri pt set ting s . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 security mo dule . . . . . . . . . . . 86 set u p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 busi ness ca rds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 C cache me mory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 calculat or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 calend ar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 calenda r note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 call functi ons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 call key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 call reg ister . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 call settin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 call waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 calle r gro ups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 calls ans wer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 inter national . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 mak i ng of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 options during call . . . . . . . . . 21 recen t calls list . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 reject . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 speed dia ling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 voic e dia ling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 waitin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 cam e ra record a video clip . . . . . . . . . 62 take a ph oto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 car e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 cer ti fic a tes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 certification information . . . . . . . 98 charge the b attery . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 circuit switch ed data . . . . . . . . . . 91 cloc k settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 co de s barring password . . . . . . . . . . 10 PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 PUK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 secu rity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 UPIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 configuration s etting service . . . 10 contact i nformation . . . . . . . . . . . 11 co nt ac ts bu sin ess ca rds . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 caller gr oups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 co py . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 ed it de t ails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 my numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 my p resen ce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 searc h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 servi ce number s . . . . . . . . . . . 49 setti ng s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 speed dia ling . . . . . . . . . .47 , 49 subscr ibed n ames . . . . . . . . . . 46 co ok ie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 countdo wn timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 CS D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 cu st om er s e rvi ce . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 1 00 M onday, Se ptemb er 4, 2 006 9 :22 A M
Index 101 D data communication . . . . . . . . . .91 dat e set tin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 del ete e-mai l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 dialed numb ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 dic ti ona ry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 digi t al si gna tu re . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 di spla y set tin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 down lo ads appl icat ions . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 , 85 cont ent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 E earpiec e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 EGPRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 e-mai l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 e-mail s ettin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 emergency calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 end call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 end key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 enhancemen t setting s . . . . . . . . . 57 enhancemen ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 F factory set tings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 fla sh me ssage s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 folders inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 0 , 38 othe r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 outb ox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 sav ed i te ms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 sent items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 font siz e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 G gallery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 H handsfr ee. See loud speaker . he lp tex t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 hi gh- spe ed cir cu it swit ched d ata 91 HSC S D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 I IM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 IMAP4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 indicat ors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 info me s sages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 infrared connectio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 instal lation battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 SIM card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 instant mes saging accept in vitati on . . . . . . . . . . 34 availa bilit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 conversatio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 grou ps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 reject invita tion . . . . . . . . . . . 34 serv ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 star t se ssi on . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 unblock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Inte rnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 IR. See infrared. K keyguard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 keypad lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 L languag e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 , 23 lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 , 57 locatio n information . . . . . . . . . . 88 lock the keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 loudspea ker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 , 21 M maintena nce . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 , 95 media camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 memory cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 , 86 RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 1 01 M onday, Se ptemb er 4, 2 006 9 :22 A M
Index 102 capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 , 29 sel ect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 shar ed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 SIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 sta tus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 , 54 menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 messa ge cen ter numbe r . . . . . . . 25 messa ge c ounte r . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 messag e lengt h ind icator . . . . . . 26 messa ge se ttin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 misse d call s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 MMS. S ee multi media messa ges. modem s ettings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 multi media message s . . . . . . . . . 27 setti ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 my numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 my presence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 my sh ortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 N names. S ee c ontacts. navig ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 navigatio n key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 netwo rk EGS M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 GSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 name on di splay . . . . . . . . . . . 17 serv ices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Nok ia co ntac t and supp ort . . . . . 11 no te alar m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 O opera tor m enu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 overv iew functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 keys and parts . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 P pack et dat a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 , 91 part s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 PC connectivi ty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 sy nc hro niza t io n . . . . . . . . . . . 68 PC Suit e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 person ali ze the phone . . . . . . . . . 51 phone lo ck. See keypad lo ck. phone se ttin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 phone str ap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 phoneb ook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 photo s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 PIN cod es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 , 14 POP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Pop-Por t connec tor . . . . . . . . . . . 16 positioni ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 power ke y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 power sa ving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 pred ictive text input . . . . . . . . . . 22 profil es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 PTT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 add a ch ann el . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 ad d on e-to -one con tact . . . . 78 cal l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 c all ba ck r e ques t . . . . . . . . . . . 76 chan nel call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 create a channel . . . . . . . . . . 78 dial- ou t call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 discon nect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 invita tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 men u . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 one-to-o ne call . . . . . . . . . . . 75 receive a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 setti ng s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 setu p a chan nel . . . . . . . . . . . 78 PUK codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 punctuat ion marks . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 push to talk key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 push to talk. See PTT. R radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 receive d calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 recen t calls list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 repair service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 ringing tones . . . . . . 4 7 , 51 , 61 , 62 S safet y addi tion al i nfo rm ation . . . . . 96 certification information (SAR) 98 RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 1 02 M onday, Se ptemb er 4, 2 006 9 :22 A M
Index 103 emergency calls . . . . . . . . . . .98 enhancemen ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 guideli nes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 operatin g environ ment . . . . . .96 SAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 SAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 scree n saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 scrip t se tt ing s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 scroll key. See navigati on key. secu ri ty codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 set tin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 se le ct io n ke y s . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 , 17 server synchro nization . . . . . . . . .67 servi ce commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 num be rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 servi ces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 set tin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 configura tion . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 dat e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 dis pla y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 EGPRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 enhancemen ts . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 IR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 modem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 my short cuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 pac ket dat a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 pho ne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 profile s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 restore factory settings . . . . .59 serv ic e in box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 shortcut s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 tone s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 shared memor y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 shortcut s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 , 52 in stand by mode . . . . . . . . . . .17 navigation key . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 personal lis t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 sign al str eng th . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 SIM card installa tion . . . . . . . . . .12 SIM se rvice s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 setti ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 speaker phone. See lo udspeake r. spe cia l cha ract ers . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 spee d diali ng . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 , 47 , 49 sta ndby mod e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 sto pwat ch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 stra p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 subscr ibed names add cont acts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 unsubs cribe a contac t . . . . . 47 suppo rt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 swi tch on a nd of f . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 symb ols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 synchro nizat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 T take a photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 text m essage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 text m essage settin gs . . . . . . . . . 40 text w ritin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 time s ettings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 to-do l ist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 tradi tional text input . . . . . . 22 , 23 U unlock key pad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 UPIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 , 10 , 59 UPIN c ode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 V vib rat ing al ert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 vide o clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 voice command key . . . . . . . . . . 16 voice command s . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 voice diali ng add voi ce tag s . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 make a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 manage vo ice ta gs . . . . . . . . 48 voice messa ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 voice tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 volume keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 1 03 M onday, Se ptemb er 4, 2 006 9 :22 A M
Index 104 W wal l pape r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 , 52 Web book marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 wirele ss ma rkup la nguage . . . . . . 81 WML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 write tex t message . . . . . . . . . . . 26 writing langua ge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 writing text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 X XHTML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 RM -166 _prin t_en1. fm Page 1 04 M onday, Se ptemb er 4, 2 006 9 :22 A M